1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
64 \font_typewriter default
65 \font_default_family default
73 \default_output_format default
74 \bibtex_command default
75 \index_command default
79 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
80 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
84 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
85 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
86 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
91 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
92 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
101 \paperorientation portrait
119 \paragraph_separation indent
120 \paragraph_indentation default
121 \quotes_language english
124 \paperpagestyle default
125 \tracking_changes true
126 \output_changes false
127 \html_use_mathml true
129 \author 1 "Richard Heck"
143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
145 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
147 \begin_inset CommandInset href
149 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
160 \begin_inset Newline newline
164 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 \begin_inset Note Note
171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
172 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
178 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
186 \begin_layout Standard
187 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
188 LatexCommand tableofcontents
195 \begin_layout Chapter
199 \begin_layout Section
203 \begin_layout Standard
204 LyX is a document preparation system.
205 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
206 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
207 It is unlike most other
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
215 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
217 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
233 pt type, left justified, 5
234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
242 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
246 \begin_layout Standard
247 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
264 \begin_layout Standard
266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
277 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
278 the format of all of the manuals.
279 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
280 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 \begin_layout Section
301 \begin_layout Standard
302 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
304 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
305 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
311 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
312 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
314 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
315 only a vertical scrollbar.
316 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
317 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
318 This, however, is due
319 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
320 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
321 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
322 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
324 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
325 this doesn't work for equations yet.
328 \begin_layout Standard
329 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
337 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
342 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
343 ing sections of this documentation.
346 \begin_layout Section
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
356 of the manuals from inside LyX.
357 Just select the manual you want read from the
364 \begin_layout Section
366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
368 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
375 \begin_layout Standard
376 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
377 without resorting to configuration files.
378 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
379 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
380 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_inset Index idx
388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
395 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
396 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
401 \begin_inset space \space{}
404 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
405 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
407 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
411 \begin_inset Index idx
414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
415 Reconfiguration of LyX
420 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
423 \begin_layout Section
425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
427 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
434 \begin_layout Standard
435 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
436 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
459 that will be created when using the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
481 \begin_inset Note Note
484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
485 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
493 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
494 More about TeX Code is described in section
499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
501 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
505 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
512 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
522 \begin_inset Index idx
525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
526 Reconfiguration of LyX
534 \begin_layout Chapter
538 \begin_layout Section
539 Basic File Operations
540 \begin_inset Index idx
543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
552 \begin_layout Standard
557 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
558 in addition to some more advanced operations:
561 \begin_layout Itemize
565 \begin_inset Graphics
566 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
567 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
574 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_layout Itemize
598 \begin_inset Graphics
599 filename ../images/file-open.png
600 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
607 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_inset Graphics
620 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
628 \begin_layout Itemize
638 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
662 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_inset Graphics
681 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
682 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
759 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
760 space is just that — a big, blank space.
763 \begin_layout Standard
784 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
789 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
814 will reload the document from disk.
815 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
816 and want to restore it to the last save.
825 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
826 can identify them as your changes.
829 \begin_layout Section
830 Basic Editing Features
831 \begin_inset Index idx
834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
843 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
850 \begin_layout Standard
851 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
852 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
853 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
854 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
856 We'll start with cut and paste.
859 \begin_layout Standard
860 As you might expect, the
864 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
865 various other editing features.
866 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
870 \begin_layout Itemize
876 \begin_inset Graphics
877 filename ../images/cut.png
878 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
885 \begin_layout Itemize
891 \begin_inset Graphics
892 filename ../images/copy.png
893 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
900 \begin_layout Itemize
906 \begin_inset Graphics
907 filename ../images/paste.png
908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
915 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
949 \begin_inset Graphics
950 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
951 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
959 \begin_layout Standard
960 The first three are self-explanatory.
961 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
962 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
971 keys also functions as the
976 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
977 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
982 to get back the lost text.
985 \begin_layout Standard
986 \begin_inset Index idx
989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
995 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1004 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1007 \begin_layout Standard
1010 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1012 \begin_inset space ~
1015 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1017 \begin_inset space ~
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1026 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1032 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1036 \begin_inset space ~
1041 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1042 will start a new paragraph.
1045 \begin_layout Standard
1046 \begin_inset Index idx
1049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1056 \begin_inset Index idx
1059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1091 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1096 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1099 \begin_inset space ~
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1113 button to skip the current word.
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1133 If the toggle is set, searching for
1134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1145 will not match the word
1146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 Match whole words only
1162 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1193 \begin_layout Standard
1194 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1195 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1197 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1202 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1209 \begin_layout Section
1211 \begin_inset Index idx
1214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1221 \begin_inset Index idx
1224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1231 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1233 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1240 \begin_layout Standard
1241 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1242 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1245 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1248 or the toolbar button
1249 \begin_inset Graphics
1250 filename ../images/undo.png
1251 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1255 to undo some mistake.
1256 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1258 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1261 or the toolbar button
1262 \begin_inset Graphics
1263 filename ../images/redo.png
1264 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1276 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1280 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1283 \begin_layout Standard
1284 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1293 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1294 This is a consequence of the 100
1295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1298 step undo limit, above.
1301 \begin_layout Standard
1310 work on almost everything in LyX.
1311 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1315 \begin_layout Section
1317 \begin_inset Index idx
1320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1330 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1333 \begin_layout Enumerate
1338 \begin_layout Itemize
1343 once anywhere in the edit window.
1344 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1348 \begin_layout Enumerate
1353 \begin_layout Itemize
1359 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1362 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1365 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1369 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1378 \begin_layout Enumerate
1379 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1383 \begin_layout Standard
1384 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1385 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1389 \begin_layout Enumerate
1394 \begin_layout Standard
1399 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1404 \begin_layout Section
1406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1408 name "sec:Navigating"
1413 \begin_inset Index idx
1416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1425 \begin_layout Standard
1426 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1429 \begin_layout Itemize
1434 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1435 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1438 \begin_layout Itemize
1441 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1444 or the toolbar button
1445 \begin_inset Graphics
1446 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1447 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1454 \begin_layout Standard
1455 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1456 (TOC) that is described in section
1457 \begin_inset space ~
1461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1463 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1468 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1469 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1470 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1471 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1472 to the document, see section
1473 \begin_inset space ~
1477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1479 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1488 option sorts the current list, and the
1492 option keeps it in the current view state.
1493 Keeping means that when you have e.
1494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1498 \begin_inset space \space{}
1501 the subsections of section
1502 \begin_inset space ~
1505 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1506 \begin_inset space ~
1509 3, the subsections of section
1510 \begin_inset space ~
1513 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1518 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1519 \begin_inset space ~
1525 \begin_layout Standard
1527 \begin_inset space \space{}
1531 \begin_inset Graphics
1532 filename ../images/down.png
1533 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1538 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1543 \begin_inset space \space{}
1547 \begin_inset Graphics
1548 filename ../images/up.png
1549 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1554 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1558 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1560 So you can for example move section
1561 \begin_inset space ~
1565 \begin_inset space ~
1569 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1571 \begin_inset Graphics
1572 filename ../images/promote.png
1573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1578 \begin_inset Graphics
1579 filename ../images/demote.png
1580 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1584 or the corresponding key bindings
1592 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1593 So you can for example make section
1594 \begin_inset space ~
1598 \begin_inset space ~
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1608 \begin_layout Standard
1610 \begin_inset Graphics
1611 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1612 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1617 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1618 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1619 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1620 go back to your last editing position.
1623 \begin_layout Section
1625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1635 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1640 \begin_inset Index idx
1643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1650 \begin_inset Index idx
1653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1684 \begin_layout Standard
1685 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1687 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1688 is used to propose completions.
1691 \begin_layout Standard
1692 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1693 there are completions available.
1694 You can then press the
1698 key to use this completion.
1699 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1700 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1701 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1711 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1714 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1716 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1719 by deselecting the option
1726 Automatic inline completion
1728 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1729 To accept this proposal, use the
1738 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1739 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1747 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1754 \begin_layout Section
1756 \begin_inset Index idx
1759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1766 \begin_inset Index idx
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1798 \begin_inset Index idx
1801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1832 \begin_layout Standard
1833 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1834 LyX's default is CUA.
1837 \begin_layout Standard
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1849 \begin_inset space ~
1870 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1874 \begin_layout Labeling
1875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1879 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1880 LatexCommand nomenclature
1882 description "Tabulator key"
1888 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1889 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1890 \begin_inset space ~
1894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1896 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1903 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1907 , especially section
1908 \begin_inset space ~
1912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1914 reference "sub:Lists"
1920 If you're still confused, look in the
1927 \begin_layout Labeling
1928 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1932 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1933 LatexCommand nomenclature
1935 description "Escape key"
1942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1949 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1950 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1953 \begin_layout Labeling
1954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1960 \begin_inset space ~
1964 \begin_inset space ~
1971 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1972 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1976 \begin_layout Standard
1977 There are three modifier keys:
1980 \begin_layout Labeling
1981 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1999 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2000 LatexCommand nomenclature
2002 description "Control key"
2006 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2007 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2011 \begin_layout Itemize
2020 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2023 \begin_layout Itemize
2032 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2035 \begin_layout Itemize
2044 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2048 \begin_layout Labeling
2049 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2067 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2068 LatexCommand nomenclature
2070 description "Shift key"
2074 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2075 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2078 \begin_layout Labeling
2079 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2097 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2098 LatexCommand nomenclature
2100 description "Alt or Meta key"
2104 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2105 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2106 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2112 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2114 menu accelerator keys
2117 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2118 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2122 \begin_layout Standard
2123 For example, the sequence
2124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2130 \begin_inset space ~
2134 \begin_inset space ~
2140 \begin_inset space ~
2148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2167 \begin_inset space ~
2173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2183 \begin_layout Standard
2188 manual lists all other things bound to the
2196 \begin_layout Standard
2197 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2198 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2199 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2200 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2201 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2202 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2203 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2204 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2220 followed by a capital
2227 \begin_layout Standard
2228 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2230 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2235 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2238 as explained in sec.
2239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2245 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2252 \begin_layout Chapter
2254 \begin_inset Index idx
2257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2266 \begin_layout Section
2268 \begin_inset Index idx
2271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2280 \begin_layout Subsection
2284 \begin_layout Standard
2285 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2286 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2287 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2288 numbering schemes, and so on.
2289 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2290 and format the title of your document differently.
2293 \begin_layout Standard
2298 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2299 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2300 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2301 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2302 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2307 how to adjust their properties.
2310 \begin_layout Subsection
2312 \begin_inset Index idx
2315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2324 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2331 \begin_layout Standard
2332 You can select a class using the
2334 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2336 \begin_inset Index idx
2339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Article for basic articles
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 Report for basic reports
2369 \begin_layout Description
2370 Book for writing a book
2373 \begin_layout Description
2374 Letter for US-style letters
2377 \begin_layout Standard
2378 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2380 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2381 can be found in chapter
2383 Special Document Classes
2392 \begin_layout Description
2393 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2396 \begin_layout Description
2403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2412 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2416 \begin_layout Description
2417 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2418 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2419 There are three article layouts available.
2420 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2421 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2422 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2423 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2428 sequential numbering
2429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2432 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2433 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2434 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2435 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2438 \begin_layout Description
2439 Beamer Layout for presentations
2442 \begin_layout Description
2443 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2444 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2448 \begin_layout Description
2450 \begin_inset space ~
2453 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2456 \begin_layout Description
2457 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2460 \begin_layout Description
2463 Die TeXnische Komödie
2465 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2468 \begin_layout Description
2469 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 Foils Used to make transparencies
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2480 \begin_layout Description
2481 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2482 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2488 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2495 \begin_layout Description
2496 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2499 \begin_layout Description
2500 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2501 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2508 \begin_layout Description
2513 LaTeX document class
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2520 \begin_layout Description
2525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2532 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2533 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2535 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 Slides Used to make transparencies
2542 \begin_layout Description
2544 \begin_inset space ~
2547 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2548 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2551 \begin_layout Description
2552 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2555 \begin_layout Description
2560 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2563 \begin_layout Standard
2564 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2566 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2571 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2572 of the document classes.
2575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2584 \begin_inset Index idx
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2596 \begin_layout Standard
2597 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2598 in the chosen document class.
2599 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2601 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2602 the corresponding module in the
2608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2612 \begin_inset Index idx
2615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2626 \begin_layout Standard
2627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2635 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2636 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2644 \begin_layout Standard
2645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2653 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 Each class has a default set of options.
2667 Here's a quick table describing them:
2670 \begin_layout Standard
2671 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2677 \begin_layout Standard
2679 \begin_inset Tabular
2680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2681 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 \begin_layout Standard
3141 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3147 \begin_layout Standard
3148 You're probably also wondering what
3149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3153 \begin_inset space ~
3157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3161 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3162 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3167 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3172 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3182 headings, there are also
3190 headings, and so on.
3191 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3192 \begin_inset space ~
3196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3198 reference "sub:Headings"
3205 \begin_layout Subsection
3207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3209 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3214 \begin_inset Index idx
3217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3226 \begin_inset Index idx
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3238 \begin_layout Standard
3239 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3252 \begin_inset space ~
3257 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3259 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3260 to use for your document.
3261 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3265 \begin_layout Standard
3272 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3278 \begin_inset space ~
3283 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3284 You can choose between the following five options:
3287 \begin_layout Labeling
3288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3293 Use default page style of current class.
3296 \begin_layout Labeling
3297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3302 No page numbers or headings.
3305 \begin_layout Labeling
3306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3314 \begin_layout Labeling
3315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3320 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3321 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3322 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3325 \begin_layout Labeling
3326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3331 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3337 \begin_inset Index idx
3340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3347 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3348 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3350 Check the documentation for the
3354 package for more details,
3355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3369 of paragraphs is described in section
3370 \begin_inset space ~
3374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3376 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3383 \begin_layout Subsection
3384 Paper Size and Orientation
3385 \begin_inset Index idx
3388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3389 Document ! Paper size
3395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3397 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3404 \begin_layout Standard
3405 You'll find the following options in the menu
3408 \begin_inset space ~
3413 of the dialog of the
3415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3421 \begin_inset Index idx
3424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 \begin_layout Labeling
3434 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3438 \begin_inset space ~
3443 What size paper to print on.
3447 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3463 \begin_layout Itemize
3469 \begin_layout Itemize
3475 \begin_layout Itemize
3481 \begin_layout Itemize
3487 \begin_layout Itemize
3493 \begin_layout Labeling
3494 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3499 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3510 \begin_layout Labeling
3511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3515 \begin_inset space ~
3520 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3521 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3524 \begin_layout Subsection
3526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3533 \begin_inset Index idx
3536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3543 \begin_inset Index idx
3546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 \begin_layout Standard
3556 Paper margins are set in the menu
3558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3562 \begin_inset Index idx
3565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3575 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3576 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3577 the paper format and the font size into account.
3580 \begin_layout Subsection
3584 \begin_layout Standard
3585 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3590 That includes the paragraph environments.
3591 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3592 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3593 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3594 paragraph environments to
3598 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3599 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3600 the conversion and why it failed.
3603 \begin_layout Section
3604 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3605 \begin_inset Index idx
3608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3609 Paragraph ! Indentation
3617 \begin_layout Subsection
3619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3621 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3629 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3630 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3634 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3635 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3636 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3637 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3641 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3647 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3648 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3649 language than English.
3650 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3653 \begin_layout Standard
3654 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3655 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3657 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3658 LyX takes care of that.
3659 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3661 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3662 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3663 of a page, and so on.
3667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3668 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3673 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3674 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3678 of these pre-coded spacings.
3679 We'll explain more later.
3682 \begin_layout Subsection
3683 Paragraph Separation
3684 \begin_inset Index idx
3687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3688 Paragraph ! Separation
3696 \begin_layout Standard
3697 To separate paragraphs, select
3708 \begin_inset space ~
3715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3719 \begin_inset Index idx
3722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3728 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3729 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3730 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3743 \begin_layout Standard
3744 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3745 \begin_inset space ~
3749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3751 reference "cap:Units"
3756 The default length is 30
3757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3763 \begin_layout Subsection
3767 \begin_layout Standard
3768 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3771 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 dialog and toggle the
3781 \begin_inset space ~
3786 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3789 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3793 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3794 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3798 \begin_layout Standard
3799 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3800 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3803 \begin_layout Subsection
3805 \begin_inset Index idx
3808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3809 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3817 \begin_layout Standard
3820 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3824 \begin_inset Index idx
3827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3836 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3839 \begin_inset space ~
3848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3849 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3854 \begin_inset Index idx
3857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3858 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3863 installed to use this feature.
3871 \begin_layout Section
3872 Paragraph Environments
3873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3875 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3880 \begin_inset Index idx
3883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3884 Paragraph ! Environments
3890 \begin_inset Index idx
3893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3894 Paragraph environments|(
3902 \begin_layout Subsection
3906 \begin_layout Standard
3907 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3910 \begin_layout Standard
3929 \begin_inset Newline newline
3932 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3933 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3934 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3943 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3946 \begin_layout Standard
3947 A paragraph environment is simply a
3948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3955 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3956 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3957 scheme, labels, and so on.
3958 Additionally, you can
3959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3966 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3967 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3968 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3969 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3970 days of typewriters.
3971 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3973 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3976 \begin_layout Standard
3977 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3978 \begin_inset Graphics
3979 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3985 at the left end of the toolbar.
3986 LyX will change the environment of the
3990 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3991 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3992 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3996 \begin_layout Standard
4005 create a new paragraph using the
4009 paragraph environment.
4011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4018 because if you are in one of these environments:
4021 \begin_layout Itemize
4027 \begin_layout Itemize
4033 \begin_layout Itemize
4039 \begin_layout Itemize
4045 \begin_layout Itemize
4051 \begin_layout Itemize
4057 \begin_layout Itemize
4063 \begin_layout Standard
4064 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4068 , rather than resetting it to
4073 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4074 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4075 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4076 \begin_inset space ~
4080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4082 reference "sec:Nesting"
4087 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4092 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4093 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4097 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4103 \begin_layout Subsection
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4108 The default paragraph environment is
4113 It creates a plain paragraph.
4114 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4115 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4116 this manual) are in the
4123 \begin_layout Standard
4124 You can nest a paragraph using the
4128 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4136 \begin_layout Subsection
4138 \begin_inset Index idx
4141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4150 \begin_layout Standard
4151 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4160 for thanks or contact information.
4161 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4162 page along with today's date.
4163 For other types of documents, the title
4164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4171 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4175 \begin_layout Standard
4176 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4190 Here's how you use them:
4193 \begin_layout Itemize
4194 Put the title of your document in the
4201 \begin_layout Itemize
4202 Put the author name in the
4209 \begin_layout Itemize
4210 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4211 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4217 Note that using this environment is optional.
4218 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4219 If you don't want any date, add the line
4220 \begin_inset Newline newline
4230 \begin_inset Newline newline
4233 to the preamble of your document (menu
4235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4242 You can use footnotes to insert
4243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4250 or contact information.
4253 \begin_layout Subsection
4255 \begin_inset Index idx
4258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4274 \begin_layout Standard
4275 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4276 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4281 \begin_inset Index idx
4284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4285 Section headings ! Numbered
4293 \begin_layout Standard
4294 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4298 \begin_layout Enumerate
4304 \begin_layout Enumerate
4310 \begin_layout Enumerate
4316 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4328 \begin_layout Enumerate
4334 \begin_layout Enumerate
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4342 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4343 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4346 \begin_layout Standard
4347 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4348 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4349 You group the book into chapters.
4350 LyX does similar grouping:
4353 \begin_layout Itemize
4358 is divided in either
4369 \begin_layout Itemize
4381 \begin_layout Itemize
4393 \begin_layout Itemize
4405 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 \begin_layout Itemize
4429 \begin_layout Standard
4430 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4438 Not all document types use the
4442 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4447 is the top-level heading.
4455 \begin_layout Standard
4460 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4461 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4463 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4475 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4477 \begin_inset Index idx
4480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4481 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4489 \begin_layout Standard
4490 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4494 \begin_layout Enumerate
4500 \begin_layout Enumerate
4506 \begin_layout Enumerate
4512 \begin_layout Enumerate
4518 \begin_layout Enumerate
4524 \begin_layout Standard
4526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4533 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4534 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4535 table of contents, see section
4536 \begin_inset space ~
4540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4550 Changing the Numbering
4551 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4553 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4560 \begin_layout Standard
4561 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4562 in the Table of Contents.
4563 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4565 Certain classes start with
4579 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4589 This is something you can change.
4592 \begin_layout Standard
4595 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4601 \begin_inset Index idx
4604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4615 \begin_inset space ~
4619 \begin_inset space ~
4624 you'll see two counters.
4629 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4631 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4635 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4636 Short Titles of Headings
4637 \begin_inset Index idx
4640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4641 Section headings ! Short titles
4650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4659 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4666 \begin_layout Standard
4667 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4668 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4669 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4670 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4673 \begin_layout Standard
4674 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4675 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4676 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4677 To specify a short title, use the menu
4679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4681 \begin_inset space ~
4687 This will insert a box labeled
4688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4703 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4704 This also works for captions inside floats.
4707 \begin_layout Standard
4708 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4711 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4715 \begin_layout Standard
4716 The following information applies to all section headings:
4719 \begin_layout Itemize
4720 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4723 \begin_layout Itemize
4724 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4727 \begin_layout Itemize
4728 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4731 \begin_layout Itemize
4732 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4735 \begin_layout Subsection
4736 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4739 \begin_layout Standard
4740 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4754 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4755 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4756 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4757 the text they contain.
4758 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4766 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4769 \begin_layout Standard
4770 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4779 when you start a new paragraph.
4780 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4784 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4785 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4786 to change back to the
4790 environment yourself.
4793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4810 \begin_inset Index idx
4813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4822 \begin_layout Standard
4823 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4824 time for the differences.
4833 are identical except for one difference:
4837 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4846 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4849 \begin_layout Standard
4850 Here's an example of the
4863 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4865 See – no indentation!
4869 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4870 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4871 the other paragraph.
4874 \begin_layout Standard
4875 Here's another example, this time in the
4882 \begin_layout Quotation
4888 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4889 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4890 the first line, then
4894 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4898 you were quoting other text.
4901 \begin_layout Quotation
4902 Here's a new paragraph.
4903 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4904 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 As the examples show,
4912 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4913 They should put quotes in the
4918 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4922 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4931 \begin_inset Index idx
4934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4943 \begin_inset Index idx
4946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4962 \begin_layout Standard
4967 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4973 \begin_inset Newline newline
4976 Which I did not rehearse!
4980 It could be much worse.
4981 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4983 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4984 indented a bit more than the first.
4985 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4991 \begin_inset Newline newline
4994 And make things look fine
4995 \begin_inset Newline newline
5001 arg "newline-insert newline"
5007 \begin_layout Standard
5012 does not indent both margins.
5013 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5014 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5021 arg "newline-insert newline"
5027 \begin_layout Subsection
5029 \begin_inset Index idx
5032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5048 \begin_layout Standard
5049 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5059 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5068 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5069 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5070 some general features of all four of them.
5073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5077 \begin_layout Standard
5078 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5080 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5089 reset the environment to
5093 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5094 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5095 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5099 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5102 to break paragraphs.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5107 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5109 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5110 you read all of section
5111 \begin_inset space ~
5115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5117 reference "sec:Nesting"
5125 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5131 \begin_inset Index idx
5134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5150 \begin_layout Standard
5151 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5155 paragraph environment.
5156 It has the following properties:
5159 \begin_layout Itemize
5160 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5164 \begin_layout Itemize
5165 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5168 \begin_layout Itemize
5169 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5173 \begin_layout Itemize
5174 The items can have any length.
5175 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5176 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5183 \begin_layout Itemize
5188 environment inside another
5192 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5196 \begin_layout Itemize
5197 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5200 \begin_layout Itemize
5201 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5204 \begin_layout Itemize
5206 \begin_inset space ~
5210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5212 reference "sec:Nesting"
5216 for a full explanation of nesting.
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5221 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5230 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5233 \begin_layout Standard
5234 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5235 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5238 \begin_layout Itemize
5239 The label for the first level
5243 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 The label for the second level is a dash.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 Back out to the third level.
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 Back to the second level.
5272 \begin_layout Itemize
5273 Back to the outermost level.
5276 \begin_layout Standard
5277 These are the default labels for an
5282 You can customize these labels in the
5284 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5287 dialog in the submenu
5294 \begin_inset Index idx
5297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5306 \begin_layout Standard
5307 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5308 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5310 \begin_inset space ~
5314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5316 reference "sec:Nesting"
5323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5329 \begin_inset Index idx
5332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5341 name "sec:Enumerate"
5348 \begin_layout Standard
5353 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5354 It has these properties:
5357 \begin_layout Enumerate
5358 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5362 \begin_layout Enumerate
5363 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5367 \begin_layout Enumerate
5368 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5371 \begin_layout Enumerate
5376 environment resets the counter to one.
5379 \begin_layout Enumerate
5392 \begin_layout Enumerate
5393 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5394 Items can have any length.
5397 \begin_layout Enumerate
5398 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5401 \begin_layout Enumerate
5402 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5405 \begin_layout Enumerate
5406 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5419 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5420 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5427 \begin_layout Enumerate
5428 The first level of an
5432 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5441 \begin_layout Enumerate
5442 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5450 \begin_layout Enumerate
5451 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 Back to the third level
5461 \begin_layout Enumerate
5462 Back to the second level.
5466 \begin_layout Enumerate
5467 Back to the outermost level.
5470 \begin_layout Standard
5471 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5476 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5481 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5485 \begin_layout Standard
5486 There is more to nesting
5490 environments than we've stated here.
5491 You should read section
5492 \begin_inset space ~
5496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5498 reference "sec:Nesting"
5502 to learn more about nesting.
5505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5511 \begin_inset Index idx
5514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5523 \begin_layout Standard
5524 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5528 list has no fixed label.
5529 Instead, LyX uses the first
5530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5537 of the first line as the label.
5541 \begin_layout Description
5542 Example: This is an example of the
5549 \begin_layout Standard
5550 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5554 \begin_layout Standard
5556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5563 it is meant that the first hit of the
5567 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5569 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5577 arg "space-insert protected"
5582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5583 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5585 \begin_inset space ~
5591 \begin_inset space ~
5595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5597 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5601 for more info.) Here is an example:
5604 \begin_layout Description
5606 \begin_inset space ~
5609 Example: This one shows how to use a
5612 \begin_inset space ~
5624 \begin_layout Description
5625 Usage: You should use the
5629 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5630 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5632 It's not a good idea to use a
5636 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5637 You're better off using
5649 paragraphs into them.
5652 \begin_layout Description
5653 Nesting: You can nest
5657 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5661 \begin_layout Standard
5662 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5663 them from the first line.
5666 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5672 \begin_inset Index idx
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Standard
5689 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5692 \begin_layout Standard
5693 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5701 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5706 environment is named
5718 \begin_layout Standard
5727 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5728 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5731 \begin_layout Labeling
5732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5734 \begin_inset space ~
5737 labels LyX uses the first
5738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5745 of each line as the item label.
5750 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5751 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5752 blank as described above.
5755 \begin_layout Labeling
5756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5757 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5758 the body of the item text.
5759 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5760 label width plus a little extra space.
5764 \begin_layout Labeling
5765 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5767 \begin_inset space ~
5770 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5772 If the label width is larger, the label
5773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5780 into the first line.
5781 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5782 margin of the rest of the item text.
5785 \begin_layout Labeling
5786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5788 \begin_inset space ~
5791 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5796 environment have the same left margin.
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5800 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5803 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5805 \begin_inset space ~
5814 \begin_inset space ~
5819 determines the default label width.
5820 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5829 multiple times instead.
5830 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5839 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5842 \begin_inset space ~
5847 every time you alter a label in a
5852 \begin_inset Newline newline
5855 The predefined default width is the length of
5856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5865 \begin_inset Newline newline
5869 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5877 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5878 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5886 \begin_layout Standard
5891 environment the same way like the
5895 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5901 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5905 \begin_layout Standard
5910 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5912 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5914 \begin_inset space ~
5918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5920 reference "sec:Nesting"
5924 to learn about nesting.
5927 \begin_layout Standard
5928 There is yet another feature of the
5932 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5934 You can use additional
5938 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5943 are documented in section
5944 \begin_inset space ~
5948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5950 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5955 Here are some examples:
5956 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5962 \begin_layout Labeling
5963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5964 Left The default for
5971 \begin_layout Labeling
5972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5980 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5983 \begin_layout Labeling
5984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5985 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5989 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5996 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5999 \begin_layout Subsection
6001 \begin_inset Index idx
6004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6013 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6021 \begin_inset space ~
6029 \begin_layout Standard
6030 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6044 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6045 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6046 In contrast, you can use the
6053 \begin_inset space ~
6058 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6059 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6063 \begin_layout Standard
6064 Of course, you're not limited to using
6071 \begin_inset space ~
6080 \begin_inset space ~
6085 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6086 some European academic papers.
6089 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6093 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6100 \begin_layout Standard
6105 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6106 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6110 \begin_inset space ~
6115 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6116 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6117 Here's an example of each:
6120 \begin_layout Right Address
6122 \begin_inset Newline newline
6126 \begin_inset Newline newline
6130 \begin_inset Newline newline
6133 When is it? What is today?
6136 \begin_layout Standard
6140 \begin_inset space ~
6146 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6147 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6148 Here's an example of the
6155 \begin_layout Address
6157 \begin_inset Newline newline
6160 Where do I send this
6161 \begin_inset Newline newline
6164 Your post office and country
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 As you can see, both
6175 \begin_inset space ~
6180 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6185 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6191 This makes sense, since
6199 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6200 Thus, you have to use
6207 arg "newline-insert newline"
6213 \begin_inset space ~
6216 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6218 \begin_inset space ~
6227 menu) to start a new line in an
6234 \begin_inset space ~
6242 \begin_layout Subsection
6246 \begin_layout Standard
6247 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6248 or list of references.
6249 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6252 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6256 \begin_inset Index idx
6259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6268 \begin_layout Standard
6273 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6274 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6275 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6276 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6280 in anything else or vice versa.
6286 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6287 The book document classes ignores the
6291 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6295 in a letter document class.
6298 \begin_layout Standard
6303 environment does several things for you.
6304 First, it puts the centered label
6305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6313 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6315 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6316 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6317 the subsequent text.
6318 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6319 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6322 \begin_layout Standard
6323 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6327 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6328 The new paragraph will still be in the
6333 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6334 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6337 \begin_layout Standard
6338 \begin_inset Float figure
6343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6345 \begin_inset Graphics
6346 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6354 \begin_inset Caption
6356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6359 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6380 \begin_layout Standard
6381 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6385 environment, but since this document is in the
6386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6393 class, we can't do this.
6394 We inserted it therefore as figure
6395 \begin_inset space ~
6399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6401 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6406 If you've never heard of an
6407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6414 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6423 \begin_inset Index idx
6426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6435 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6442 \begin_layout Standard
6447 environment is used to list references.
6448 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6449 only use it at the end of the document.
6454 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6457 \begin_layout Standard
6458 When you first open a
6462 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6478 depending on the document class.
6479 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6480 Each paragraph of the
6484 environment is a bibliography entry.
6489 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6490 Each new paragraph is still in the
6497 \begin_layout Standard
6498 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6499 by using a BibTeX database.
6500 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6501 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6502 \begin_inset space ~
6506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6508 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6515 \begin_layout Subsection
6519 \begin_inset Index idx
6522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6523 Paragraph ! LyX code
6529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6538 \begin_layout Standard
6543 environment is another LyX extension.
6544 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6549 key as a fixed whitespace;
6553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6565 \begin_inset space ~
6570 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6575 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6576 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6579 arg "newline-insert newline"
6596 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6597 So, when you finish using the
6601 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6602 Also, you can nest the
6606 environment inside of others.
6609 \begin_layout Standard
6610 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6617 arg "newline-insert newline"
6620 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6625 \begin_inset space \space{}
6635 arg "newline-insert newline"
6641 \begin_layout Itemize
6645 arg "newline-insert newline"
6656 \begin_layout Itemize
6661 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6668 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 arg "space-insert protected"
6679 \begin_layout Itemize
6680 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6681 You must put at least one
6685 in any line you want blank.
6686 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6689 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6694 since that will insert
6699 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6702 arg "self-insert \""
6708 \begin_layout Standard
6712 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6716 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6729 printf("Hello World!
6734 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6738 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6742 \begin_layout Standard
6743 This is just the standard
6744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6755 \begin_layout Standard
6760 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6761 rc-files, and so on.
6762 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6763 as if you used a typewriter.
6764 \begin_inset Index idx
6767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6768 Paragraph environments|)
6776 \begin_layout Section
6777 Nesting Environments
6778 \begin_inset Index idx
6781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6782 Nesting ! Environments
6788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6797 \begin_layout Subsection
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6802 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6804 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6806 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6808 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6820 \begin_layout Enumerate
6824 \begin_layout Enumerate
6829 \begin_layout Enumerate
6833 \begin_layout Enumerate
6838 \begin_layout Enumerate
6842 \begin_layout Standard
6843 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6844 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6847 \begin_inset space ~
6851 \begin_inset space ~
6859 \begin_inset space ~
6863 \begin_inset space ~
6872 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6873 will tell you how far you are nested).
6874 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6875 \begin_inset Graphics
6876 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6881 \begin_inset Graphics
6882 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6886 or the convenient key bindings
6897 arg "depth-increment"
6903 arg "depth-decrement"
6906 to change the nesting level.
6907 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6908 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6912 \begin_layout Standard
6913 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6914 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6915 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6916 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6921 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6923 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6926 \begin_layout Subsection
6927 What You Can and Can't Nest
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6931 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6932 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6935 \begin_layout Standard
6936 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6937 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6938 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6941 \begin_layout Itemize
6942 Completely unnestable
6945 \begin_layout Itemize
6946 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6950 \begin_layout Itemize
6951 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6957 environments have them:
6960 \begin_layout Description
6961 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6962 Can't nest into them.
6966 \begin_layout Itemize
6972 \begin_layout Itemize
6978 \begin_layout Itemize
6984 \begin_layout Itemize
6990 \begin_layout Itemize
6997 \begin_layout Description
6999 \begin_inset space ~
7002 Nestable You can nest them.
7003 You can nest other things into them.
7007 \begin_layout Itemize
7013 \begin_layout Itemize
7019 \begin_layout Itemize
7025 \begin_layout Itemize
7031 \begin_layout Itemize
7037 \begin_layout Itemize
7043 \begin_layout Itemize
7049 \begin_layout Itemize
7056 \begin_layout Description
7057 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7058 You can't nest anything into them.
7062 \begin_layout Itemize
7068 \begin_layout Itemize
7074 \begin_layout Itemize
7080 \begin_layout Itemize
7086 \begin_layout Itemize
7092 \begin_layout Itemize
7098 \begin_layout Itemize
7104 \begin_layout Itemize
7110 \begin_layout Itemize
7116 \begin_layout Itemize
7122 \begin_layout Itemize
7128 \begin_layout Itemize
7134 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 \begin_layout Itemize
7144 \begin_inset space ~
7150 \begin_layout Itemize
7157 \begin_layout Standard
7158 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7166 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7175 \begin_inset space ~
7179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7183 \begin_inset space \space{}
7186 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7187 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7188 section headings violate this.
7196 \begin_layout Subsection
7197 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7198 \begin_inset Index idx
7201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7202 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7210 \begin_layout Standard
7211 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7212 affected by nesting anyhow.
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Itemize
7224 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 \begin_layout Standard
7230 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7238 Figures and tables in
7242 are not affected by this.
7247 Have a look at section
7248 \begin_inset space ~
7252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7254 reference "sec:Floats"
7258 for more information about
7265 \begin_layout Standard
7266 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7267 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7271 \begin_layout Standard
7272 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7280 of its own, it behaves just like a
7281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7288 paragraph environment.
7289 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7293 \begin_layout Standard
7294 Here's an example with a table:
7297 \begin_layout Enumerate
7302 \begin_layout Enumerate
7303 This is (a) and it's nested.
7307 \begin_layout Standard
7308 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7314 \begin_layout Standard
7316 \begin_inset Tabular
7317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7318 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7404 \begin_layout Standard
7405 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7412 \begin_layout Enumerate
7414 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7418 \begin_layout Enumerate
7422 \begin_layout Standard
7423 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7426 \begin_layout Enumerate
7431 \begin_layout Enumerate
7432 This is (a) and it's nested.
7436 \begin_layout Standard
7437 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7443 \begin_layout Standard
7445 \begin_inset Tabular
7446 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7447 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7533 \begin_layout Standard
7534 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7540 \begin_layout Enumerate
7547 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7550 \begin_layout Enumerate
7554 \begin_layout Standard
7555 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7560 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7562 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7565 \begin_layout Enumerate
7570 \begin_layout Enumerate
7571 This is (a) and it's nested.
7574 \begin_layout Standard
7575 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7581 \begin_layout Standard
7583 \begin_inset Tabular
7584 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7585 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7671 \begin_layout Standard
7672 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7678 \begin_layout Enumerate
7680 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7688 \begin_layout Enumerate
7692 \begin_layout Standard
7693 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7699 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7700 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7704 \begin_layout Subsection
7705 Usage and General Features
7708 \begin_layout Standard
7709 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7718 is the innermost possible depth.
7719 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7722 \begin_layout Enumerate
7723 level #1 – outermost
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 \begin_layout Enumerate
7737 \begin_layout Enumerate
7742 \begin_layout Itemize
7747 \begin_layout Itemize
7756 \begin_layout Standard
7757 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7758 both of them in the example.
7759 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7769 For example, if we tried to nest another
7774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7781 , we would get errors.
7784 \begin_layout Subsection
7786 \begin_inset Index idx
7789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7798 \begin_layout Standard
7799 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7800 We have several examples of nested environments.
7801 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7806 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7809 \begin_layout Labeling
7810 \labelwidthstring MMM
7811 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7820 \begin_layout Labeling
7821 \labelwidthstring MMM
7822 #2-a This is level #2.
7823 We created it by using
7826 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7832 arg "depth-increment"
7839 \begin_layout Labeling
7840 \labelwidthstring MMM
7841 #3-a This is level #3.
7842 This time, we just hit
7849 arg "depth-increment"
7853 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7857 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7863 arg "depth-increment"
7870 \begin_layout Standard
7875 environment, nested inside of
7876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7884 So, it's at level #4.
7885 We did this by hitting
7888 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7894 arg "depth-increment"
7897 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7902 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7918 \begin_layout Standard
7923 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7926 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7932 \begin_layout Labeling
7933 \labelwidthstring MMM
7934 #4-a This is level #4.
7938 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7941 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7946 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7950 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7955 keep nesting things inside
7956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7967 \begin_layout Labeling
7968 \labelwidthstring MMM
7969 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7974 \begin_layout Labeling
7975 \labelwidthstring MMM
7976 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7977 and this is level #6.
7978 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7982 \begin_layout Labeling
7983 \labelwidthstring MMM
7984 #5-b Back to level #5.
7988 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7994 arg "depth-decrement"
8001 \begin_layout Labeling
8002 \labelwidthstring MMM
8006 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8012 arg "depth-decrement"
8015 , we're back at level #4.
8019 \begin_layout Labeling
8020 \labelwidthstring MMM
8021 #3-b Back to level #3.
8022 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8026 \begin_layout Labeling
8027 \labelwidthstring MMM
8028 #2-b Back to level #2.
8033 \begin_layout Labeling
8034 \labelwidthstring MMM
8035 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8036 After this sentence, we'll hit
8040 and change the paragraph environment back to
8047 \begin_layout Standard
8048 We could have also used the
8064 environment in place of the
8069 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8072 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8073 Example 2: Inheritance
8076 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8077 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8080 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8089 arg "depth-increment"
8092 , after which, we'll change to the
8100 \begin_layout Enumerate
8105 environment, at level #2.
8108 \begin_layout Enumerate
8109 Notice how the nested
8113 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8117 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8121 \begin_layout Standard
8122 We ended this example by hitting
8127 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8131 and reset the nesting depth by using
8134 arg "depth-decrement"
8140 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8141 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8154 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8162 \begin_layout Enumerate
8163 This is level #1, in an
8167 paragraph environment.
8168 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8172 \begin_layout Enumerate
8177 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8183 arg "depth-increment"
8187 Now, what happens if we nest an
8191 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8192 label be? An asterisk?
8196 \begin_layout Itemize
8206 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8207 So, its label is a bullet.
8208 (We got here by using
8211 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8217 arg "depth-increment"
8220 , then changing the environment to
8228 \begin_layout Itemize
8229 Here's level #4, produced using
8232 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8238 arg "depth-increment"
8242 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8247 \begin_layout Enumerate
8248 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8250 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8255 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8259 , because we are in the
8268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8287 \begin_layout Enumerate
8292 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8293 type of numbering does LyX use?
8296 \begin_layout Enumerate
8297 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8300 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8303 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8306 \begin_layout Enumerate
8310 arg "depth-decrement"
8313 to decrease the depth after the next
8316 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8323 \begin_layout Enumerate
8325 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8329 \begin_layout Enumerate
8331 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8332 numeral as the label.Why?
8335 \begin_layout Enumerate
8336 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8345 Notice, however, that LyX
8349 reset the counter for the label.
8353 \begin_layout Enumerate
8357 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8363 arg "depth-decrement"
8366 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8367 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8368 into the twofold-nested
8376 \begin_layout Enumerate
8377 The same thing happens if we do another
8380 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8386 arg "depth-decrement"
8389 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8392 \begin_layout Standard
8393 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8398 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8412 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8418 The same rule applies for the
8422 environment, as well.
8425 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8426 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8429 \begin_layout Enumerate
8430 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8431 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8432 same detail with how we did it.
8441 \begin_layout Standard
8449 arg "depth-increment"
8456 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8457 example in parentheses someplace.
8458 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8459 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8460 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8464 \begin_layout Enumerate
8469 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8474 Now we'll add verse.
8475 \begin_inset Newline newline
8478 It will get much worse.
8479 \begin_inset Newline newline
8489 arg "depth-increment"
8500 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8501 \begin_inset Newline newline
8504 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8505 \begin_inset Newline newline
8511 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8524 \begin_layout Standard
8525 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8531 \begin_layout Standard
8533 \begin_inset Tabular
8534 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8535 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8536 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8626 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8636 arg "depth-increment"
8642 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8652 arg "depth-decrement"
8659 \begin_layout Enumerate
8664 : level #1) This is another item.
8665 Note that selecting a
8669 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8670 3 times to put the table inside the
8678 \begin_layout Quotation
8679 We're now ending the
8683 list and changing to
8688 We're still at level #1.
8689 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8690 The next set of paragraphs is a
8691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8705 \begin_inset space ~
8710 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8714 for the letter body.
8718 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8721 to preserve the depth.
8722 Remember that you need to use
8725 arg "newline-insert newline"
8728 to create multiple lines inside the
8735 \begin_inset space ~
8745 \begin_layout Right Address
8747 \begin_inset Newline newline
8750 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8751 \begin_inset Newline newline
8757 \begin_layout Address
8759 \begin_inset space ~
8765 \begin_layout Quotation
8766 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8770 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8771 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8772 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8773 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8774 as soon as possible.
8775 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8778 \begin_layout Quotation
8779 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8780 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8781 with your order, along with payment.
8784 \begin_layout Quotation
8785 We thank you again for your patience.
8788 \begin_layout Address
8790 \begin_inset Newline newline
8797 \begin_layout Quotation
8798 That ends that example!
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8802 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8803 just a few keystrokes.
8804 We could have easily nested an
8825 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8828 \begin_layout Section
8829 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8830 \begin_inset Index idx
8833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8844 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8845 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8846 be broken at the end of a line.
8847 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8851 \begin_layout Subsection
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8860 \begin_inset Index idx
8863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8872 \begin_layout Standard
8873 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8875 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8879 Further documentation is given in section
8880 \begin_inset Newline newline
8884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8886 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8894 \begin_layout Standard
8895 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8910 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8919 A protected space is set with
8921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8922 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8926 \begin_inset space ~
8936 arg "space-insert protected"
8942 \begin_layout Subsection
8944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8946 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8951 \begin_inset Index idx
8954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8955 Spacing ! Horizontal
8963 \begin_layout Standard
8964 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8967 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8971 The length units are listed in Appendix
8972 \begin_inset space ~
8976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8978 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8985 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8989 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8994 \begin_inset Index idx
8997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9006 \begin_layout Standard
9008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9012 \begin_inset space \space{}
9015 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9016 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9017 \begin_inset space ~
9021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9023 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9028 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9029 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9032 arg "space-insert normal"
9038 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9042 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9047 \begin_inset Index idx
9050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9059 \begin_layout Standard
9061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9068 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9077 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9078 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9079 inside abbreviations:
9084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9088 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9091 \begin_layout Standard
9092 or between values and units.
9093 Compare for example this:
9094 \begin_inset Newline newline
9098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9102 \begin_inset Newline newline
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9112 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9114 \begin_inset space ~
9122 arg "space-insert thin"
9128 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9132 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9139 \begin_layout Standard
9140 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9143 \begin_layout Description
9145 \begin_inset space ~
9149 \begin_inset space ~
9153 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9157 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9161 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9164 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9167 \begin_layout Description
9169 \begin_inset space ~
9173 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9177 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9181 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9185 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9192 em) space between the arrows.
9195 \begin_layout Description
9197 \begin_inset space ~
9201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9205 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9209 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9213 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9224 em) space between the arrows.
9227 \begin_layout Description
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9237 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9241 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9245 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9249 \begin_inset space ~
9253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9256 em) space between the arrows.
9259 \begin_layout Description
9261 \begin_inset space ~
9265 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9269 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9274 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9281 cm space between the arrows.
9284 \begin_layout Standard
9286 \begin_inset space ~
9290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9292 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9296 lists the different space sizes.
9299 \begin_layout Standard
9300 \begin_inset Float table
9305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9307 \begin_inset Caption
9309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9312 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9316 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9326 \begin_inset Tabular
9327 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9328 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9553 \begin_inset Index idx
9556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9565 \begin_layout Standard
9566 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9567 in a uniform fashion.
9568 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9569 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9570 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9571 equally between themselves.
9575 \begin_layout Standard
9576 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9581 This is on the left side
9582 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9585 This is on the right
9591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9612 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9618 \begin_layout Standard
9619 That was an example in the
9625 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9633 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9636 is one in a standard paragraph.
9637 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9641 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9644 \begin_layout Standard
9645 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9648 \begin_inset space ~
9653 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9656 \begin_layout Standard
9658 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9662 \begin_inset space ~
9668 \begin_layout Standard
9670 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9674 \begin_inset space ~
9680 \begin_layout Standard
9682 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9686 \begin_inset space ~
9692 \begin_layout Standard
9694 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9698 \begin_inset space ~
9704 \begin_layout Standard
9706 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9710 \begin_inset space ~
9716 \begin_layout Standard
9718 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9722 \begin_inset space ~
9728 \begin_layout Standard
9729 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9737 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9741 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9742 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9743 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9747 option in the space dialog.
9755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9757 \begin_inset Index idx
9760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9769 \begin_layout Standard
9770 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9772 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9776 \begin_inset space \space{}
9779 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9782 \begin_layout Standard
9783 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9786 What is correct English?:
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_inset Newline newline
9795 \begin_inset space ~
9798 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9799 \begin_inset Newline newline
9806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9817 \begin_inset Newline newline
9824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9835 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9842 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9851 \begin_inset space ~
9855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9859 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9877 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9881 for more information about TeX-Code.
9887 In our case write the command
9894 (note the space after
9895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9902 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9903 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9904 That is why it is named
9905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9917 There exists also the commands
9929 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9930 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9931 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9933 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9945 \begin_layout Subsection
9947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9949 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9954 \begin_inset Index idx
9957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9966 \begin_layout Standard
9967 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9970 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9972 \begin_inset space ~
9978 There you find the following sizes:
9981 \begin_layout Standard
9994 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9999 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10001 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10005 \begin_inset Index idx
10008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10009 Document ! Settings
10014 for the paragraph separation.
10015 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10026 \begin_layout Standard
10032 \begin_inset Index idx
10035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10041 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10042 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10044 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10045 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10054 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10063 s are described in section
10064 \begin_inset space ~
10068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10070 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10079 If there are several
10083 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10084 You can therefore use
10088 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10091 \begin_layout Standard
10096 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10097 \begin_inset space ~
10101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10103 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10110 \begin_layout Standard
10111 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10121 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10122 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10134 \begin_layout Subsection
10135 Paragraph Alignment
10138 \begin_layout Standard
10139 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10141 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10145 There are five possibilities:
10148 \begin_layout Itemize
10156 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10162 \begin_layout Itemize
10170 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10176 \begin_layout Itemize
10184 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10190 \begin_layout Itemize
10198 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10204 \begin_layout Itemize
10212 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10218 \begin_layout Standard
10219 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10220 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10221 the left and right margins.
10222 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10225 \begin_layout Standard
10227 This paragraph is right aligned,
10230 \begin_layout Standard
10232 this one is centered,
10235 \begin_layout Standard
10237 this one is left aligned.
10240 \begin_layout Subsection
10242 \begin_inset Index idx
10245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10246 Page breaks ! Forced
10252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10254 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10261 \begin_layout Standard
10262 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10263 can force a page break where you want one.
10264 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10265 Only if you use a lot of
10269 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10272 \begin_layout Standard
10273 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10274 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10278 have to change the page breaking.
10281 \begin_layout Standard
10282 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10284 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10287 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10289 \begin_inset space ~
10295 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10297 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10298 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10300 \begin_inset space ~
10305 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10307 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10308 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10312 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10313 at the top of a page.
10314 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10315 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10316 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10317 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10321 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10325 to learn more about
10332 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10336 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10341 \begin_inset Index idx
10344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10345 Page breaks ! Clear
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10354 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10355 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10356 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10357 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10358 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10361 \begin_layout Standard
10362 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10365 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10367 \begin_inset space ~
10373 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10376 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10378 \begin_inset space ~
10382 \begin_inset space ~
10387 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10388 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10391 \begin_layout Subsection
10393 \begin_inset Index idx
10396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10405 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10412 \begin_layout Standard
10413 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10415 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10418 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10420 \begin_inset space ~
10424 \begin_inset space ~
10432 arg "newline-insert newline"
10436 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10439 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10441 \begin_inset space ~
10445 \begin_inset space ~
10450 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10452 This is necessary to avoid
10453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10460 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10463 \begin_layout Standard
10464 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10465 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10466 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10467 set a line break, e.
10468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10472 \begin_inset space \space{}
10475 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10476 \begin_inset space ~
10480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10482 reference "sec:Quote"
10487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10489 reference "sec:Verse"
10494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10496 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10503 \begin_layout Subsection
10505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10507 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10512 \begin_inset Index idx
10515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10524 \begin_layout Standard
10529 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10530 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10532 \begin_inset space ~
10537 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10543 \begin_layout Section
10544 Characters and Symbols
10547 \begin_layout Standard
10548 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10549 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10554 \begin_inset space \space{}
10557 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10565 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10569 for information on how this is done.
10572 \begin_layout Standard
10573 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10578 dialog via the menu
10580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10581 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10587 \begin_layout Standard
10588 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10596 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10597 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10598 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10606 \begin_layout Section
10607 Fonts and Text Styles
10608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10610 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10617 \begin_layout Subsection
10619 \begin_inset Index idx
10622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10631 \begin_layout Standard
10632 There are two types of fonts:
10635 \begin_layout Description
10637 \begin_inset space ~
10641 \begin_inset Index idx
10644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10650 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10655 characters) in the font.
10656 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10657 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10658 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10659 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10660 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10661 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10662 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10663 \begin_inset Newline newline
10666 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10667 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10668 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10669 sizes than at small ones.
10670 \begin_inset Newline newline
10684 \begin_inset space ~
10692 \begin_layout Description
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10698 \begin_inset Index idx
10701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10707 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10708 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10709 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10710 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10711 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10712 picture manipulation program.
10713 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10714 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10715 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10716 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10717 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10719 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10720 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10721 \begin_inset Newline newline
10724 Bitmap fonts are named
10727 \begin_inset space ~
10732 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10736 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10737 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10738 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10739 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10740 use scalable fonts.
10743 \begin_layout Standard
10744 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10745 its document properties.
10748 \begin_layout Standard
10749 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10750 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10751 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10752 font to emphasize text, you use an
10753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10761 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10762 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10766 \begin_layout Subsection
10767 Document Font and Font size
10768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10770 name "sub:Document-Font"
10775 \begin_inset Index idx
10778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10785 \begin_inset Index idx
10788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10797 \begin_layout Standard
10798 You can set the document fonts in the
10800 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10804 \begin_inset Index idx
10807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10808 Document ! Settings
10814 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10815 font shapes roman (serif),
10818 \begin_inset space ~
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10831 The possible options for the font include
10835 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10840 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10862 European Computer Modern
10865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10875 \begin_layout Standard
10884 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10885 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10890 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10893 \begin_inset space ~
10898 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10904 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10905 There are three ways to use one:
10908 \begin_layout Itemize
10909 One way is to use the
10919 Virtual means that it
10920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10931 -glyphs from other fonts.
10932 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10954 Loading the LaTeX-package
10959 \begin_inset Index idx
10962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10963 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10968 with the document preamble line
10969 \begin_inset Newline newline
10976 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10977 \begin_inset Newline newline
10982 will fix the guillemet problem.
10987 and that accented characters are not
10991 glyph, they are build of
10995 characters, the accent and the letter.
10996 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11000 fonts for words with accented characters.
11001 If you search for example for the French word
11002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11009 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11018 and not for the glyph
11019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11023 \begin_inset space ~
11027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11033 \begin_layout Itemize
11034 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11047 , consist of these three main font types
11050 \begin_inset space ~
11079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11083 \begin_inset space ~
11090 as typewriter font.
11091 \begin_inset Newline newline
11094 The differences between roman,
11097 \begin_inset space ~
11106 fonts are explained in section
11107 \begin_inset space ~
11111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11113 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11118 \begin_inset Newline newline
11125 was originally designed for newspapers.
11126 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11127 into the small newspaper columns.
11132 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11135 \begin_layout Itemize
11136 The best solution is to use the
11145 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11149 as the default font.
11150 In most cases they look the same as
11158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11159 One difference is improved kerning for the
11172 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11183 \begin_layout Standard
11184 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11187 For the font size there are four possible values:
11204 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11207 \begin_layout Standard
11208 The font sizes are the
11213 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11214 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11215 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11218 \begin_inset space ~
11224 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11225 \begin_inset space ~
11229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11231 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11243 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11244 a font to display the script characters.
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11249 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11254 So this has no effect for the document language
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11271 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11275 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11283 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11287 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11288 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11289 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11291 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11294 dialog, see section
11295 \begin_inset space ~
11299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11301 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11313 \begin_layout Subsection
11314 Using Different Character Styles
11315 \begin_inset Index idx
11318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11325 \begin_inset Index idx
11328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11337 \begin_layout Standard
11338 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11339 certain paragraph environments.
11340 LyX supports two character styles,
11349 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11353 \begin_layout Standard
11358 style, do one of the following:
11361 \begin_layout Itemize
11362 click on the toolbar button
11363 \begin_inset Graphics
11364 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11371 \begin_layout Itemize
11372 use the key binding
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11382 These commands are all toggles.
11387 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11390 \begin_layout Standard
11391 One typically uses the
11395 style for proper names.
11397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11404 is the original author of LyX.
11405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11411 \begin_layout Standard
11412 A more widely used character style is the
11417 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11424 \begin_layout Itemize
11425 clicking on the toolbar button
11426 \begin_inset Graphics
11427 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11434 \begin_layout Itemize
11435 using the keybindings
11444 \begin_layout Standard
11449 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11450 es use a different font.
11453 \begin_layout Standard
11454 We've been using the
11458 style all over the place in this document.
11459 Here's one more example:
11462 \begin_layout Quotation
11465 Don't overuse character styles!
11468 \begin_layout Standard
11469 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11470 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11471 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11472 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11476 \begin_layout Standard
11477 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11485 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11487 \begin_inset space ~
11495 \begin_layout Subsection
11496 Fine-Tuning with the
11501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11503 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11508 \begin_inset Index idx
11511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11520 \begin_layout Standard
11521 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11522 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11523 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11524 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11525 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11526 from ordinary dialog.
11529 \begin_layout Standard
11530 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11531 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11532 \begin_inset Newline newline
11535 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11536 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11539 \begin_layout Standard
11540 To use custom character styles, open the
11542 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11544 \begin_inset space ~
11550 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11551 font property which you can choose.
11552 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11555 \begin_inset space ~
11560 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11565 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11566 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11567 environments in a snap.
11570 \begin_layout Standard
11571 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11574 \begin_inset space ~
11586 \begin_layout Labeling
11587 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11601 The possible options are:
11605 \begin_layout Labeling
11606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11611 This is the Roman font family.
11612 Normally a serif font.
11613 It's also the default family.
11623 \begin_layout Labeling
11624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11628 \begin_inset space ~
11635 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11647 \begin_layout Labeling
11648 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11655 This is the Typewriter font family.
11661 arg "font-typewriter"
11670 \begin_layout Labeling
11671 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11676 This corresponds to the print weight.
11681 \begin_layout Labeling
11682 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11687 This is the Medium font series.
11688 It's also the default series.
11691 \begin_layout Labeling
11692 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11699 This is the Bold font series.
11712 \begin_layout Labeling
11713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11718 As the name implies.
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11729 This is the Upright font shape.
11730 It's also the default shape.
11733 \begin_layout Labeling
11734 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11748 s the Italic font shape
11754 \begin_layout Labeling
11755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11762 This is the Slanted font shape
11764 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11767 \begin_layout Labeling
11768 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11772 \begin_inset space ~
11779 This is the Small caps font shape
11786 \begin_layout Labeling
11787 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11792 Alters the size of the font.
11793 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11794 nal to the document font size.
11795 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11796 what you want to do.
11801 \begin_layout Labeling
11802 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11823 arg "font-size tiny"
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11851 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11857 \begin_layout Labeling
11858 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11879 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11885 \begin_layout Labeling
11886 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11907 arg "font-size small"
11913 \begin_layout Labeling
11914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11928 It's also the default size.
11932 arg "font-size normal"
11938 \begin_layout Labeling
11939 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11960 arg "font-size large"
11966 \begin_layout Labeling
11967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11988 arg "font-size larger"
11994 \begin_layout Labeling
11995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12016 arg "font-size largest"
12022 \begin_layout Labeling
12023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12044 arg "font-size huge"
12050 \begin_layout Labeling
12051 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12072 arg "font-size giant"
12079 \begin_layout Standard
12084 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12085 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12086 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12087 — use that instead.
12088 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12091 \begin_layout Labeling
12092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12097 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12102 \begin_layout Labeling
12103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12110 This is text with emphasize on
12113 This might seem like the same as
12117 , but it is actually a bit different.
12123 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12125 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12128 \begin_layout Labeling
12129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12136 This is text with Underbar on.
12142 arg "font-underline"
12148 \begin_inset Newline newline
12153 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12154 when you couldn't change fonts.
12155 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12156 It's only included in LyX because some people
12160 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12163 \begin_layout Labeling
12164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12171 This is text with Noun on.
12178 , this is a logical attribute.
12179 Normally it's equivalent to
12182 \begin_inset space ~
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12197 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12198 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12202 \begin_inset space ~
12207 , which is the default
12208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12215 and means normally black, you can choose between
12248 \begin_inset Index idx
12251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12260 \begin_layout Labeling
12261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12266 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12267 the language of the document.
12268 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12272 \begin_layout Standard
12273 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12274 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12276 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12278 \begin_inset space ~
12283 dialog, the settings are saved.
12284 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12285 \begin_inset Graphics
12286 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12291 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12292 when the dialog isn't visible.
12296 \begin_layout Standard
12297 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12304 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12305 (suppose you just set the shape to
12306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12324 \begin_inset space ~
12336 \begin_layout Standard
12337 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12345 \begin_inset space ~
12357 \begin_layout Itemize
12363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12370 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12388 \begin_inset Newline newline
12395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12420 \begin_inset Note Note
12423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12424 For more on phantoms see section
12425 \begin_inset space ~
12429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12431 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12441 \begin_inset Newline newline
12447 \begin_layout Itemize
12452 fonts use characters with serifs.
12453 These are the small
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12461 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12462 The following example will show the difference:
12463 \begin_inset Newline newline
12467 \begin_inset Newline newline
12472 text without serifs
12475 \begin_inset Newline newline
12478 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12479 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12486 \begin_layout Itemize
12492 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12493 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12496 \begin_layout Standard
12497 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12498 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12501 \begin_layout Section
12502 Printing and Previewing
12505 \begin_layout Subsection
12509 \begin_layout Standard
12510 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12511 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12512 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12513 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12514 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12516 Additional Features
12521 \begin_layout Standard
12522 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12523 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12524 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12525 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12526 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12527 This happens in two stages:
12530 \begin_layout Enumerate
12531 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12532 generating a file with the extension,
12533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12547 \begin_layout Enumerate
12548 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12552 file to produce printable output.
12556 \begin_layout Subsection
12557 Output file formats
12558 \begin_inset Index idx
12561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12570 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12577 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12579 \begin_inset Index idx
12582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12583 File formats ! ASCII
12591 \begin_layout Standard
12592 This file type has the extension
12593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12605 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12609 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12619 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12620 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12626 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12628 \begin_inset Index idx
12631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12632 File formats ! LaTeX
12640 \begin_layout Standard
12641 This file type has the extension
12642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12653 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12655 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12656 it manually with console commands.
12657 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12658 you view or export your document.
12661 \begin_layout Standard
12662 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12664 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12665 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12682 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12684 \begin_inset Index idx
12687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12696 \begin_layout Standard
12697 This file type has the extension
12698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12718 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12719 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12720 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12725 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12726 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12727 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12728 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12730 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12733 \begin_layout Standard
12734 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12736 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12737 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12745 \begin_inset Index idx
12748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12749 File formats ! PostScript
12757 \begin_layout Standard
12758 This file type has the extension
12759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12771 PostScript was developed by the company
12775 as a printer language.
12776 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12778 PostScript can be seen as a
12779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12782 programming language
12783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12786 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12791 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12797 \begin_inset Index idx
12800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12801 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12811 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12814 \begin_layout Standard
12815 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12819 Encapsulated PostScript
12820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12823 (EPS, file extension
12824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12836 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12837 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12842 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12846 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12847 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12848 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12849 EPS to avoid this problem.
12852 \begin_layout Standard
12853 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12855 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12856 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12862 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12864 \begin_inset Index idx
12867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12874 \begin_inset Index idx
12877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12886 \begin_layout Standard
12887 This file type has the extension
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12904 Portable Document Format
12905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12912 was derived from PostScript.
12913 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12922 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12923 looks exactly the same.
12926 \begin_layout Standard
12927 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12931 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12935 (JPG, file extension
12936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12963 Portable Network Graphics
12964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12967 (PNG, file extension
12968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12980 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12981 in the background to one of these formats.
12982 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12983 will slow down your workflow.
12984 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12987 \begin_layout Standard
12988 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12990 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12993 in three different ways:
12996 \begin_layout Description
12997 PDF This uses the program
13001 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13002 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13006 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13007 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13010 \begin_layout Description
13012 \begin_inset space ~
13015 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13019 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13023 \begin_layout Description
13025 \begin_inset space ~
13028 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13032 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13035 \begin_layout Standard
13036 We recommend to use
13039 \begin_inset space ~
13048 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13049 works without problems.
13054 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13055 \change_inserted 1 1262887469
13059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13061 \change_inserted 1 1262887469
13063 \begin_inset Index idx
13066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13068 \change_inserted 1 1262887469
13075 \begin_inset Index idx
13078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13080 \change_inserted 1 1262887469
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13091 \change_inserted 1 1262888147
13092 This file type has the extension
13093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13105 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13106 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13107 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13108 suitable for the purpose.
13111 \begin_layout Standard
13113 \change_inserted 1 1262888092
13114 As of this writing, LyX's `native' XHTML output remains somewhat `experimental',
13115 and not all LyX features work properly.
13116 It is our hope, however, that native output will solve many of the problems
13117 users have encountered when using third-party LyX- or LaTeX-to-HTML converters.
13120 \begin_layout Standard
13122 \change_inserted 1 1262888116
13123 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13124 it, but not all do.
13125 Eventually, we will offer the option of instead outputing math as images.
13128 \begin_layout Standard
13130 \change_inserted 1 1262888178
13131 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13133 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13134 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13142 \begin_layout Subsection
13144 \begin_inset Index idx
13147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13156 \begin_layout Standard
13157 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13158 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13162 and choose a file type.
13163 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13166 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13169 you can use the toolbar button
13170 \begin_inset Graphics
13171 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13178 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13183 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13185 \begin_inset space ~
13191 \begin_inset Graphics
13192 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13198 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13202 \begin_inset Graphics
13203 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13210 arg "buffer-view ps"
13216 \begin_layout Standard
13217 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13218 viewer window using the menu
13220 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13226 \begin_layout Standard
13227 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13229 To have a real output, export your document.
13232 \begin_layout Subsection
13233 Printing the File from within LyX
13234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13236 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13243 \begin_layout Standard
13244 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13245 it directly from within LyX.
13246 To print a file, select the menu
13248 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13251 or click on the toolbar button
13252 \begin_inset Graphics
13253 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13258 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13259 This file is then processed by the program
13263 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13268 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13271 \begin_layout Standard
13272 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13273 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13274 printing one set to print on the other side.
13275 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13276 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13277 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13280 \begin_layout Standard
13281 You can set the parameters in the
13284 \begin_inset space ~
13292 \begin_layout Labeling
13293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13298 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13303 Note that this printer name is for the program
13312 has to be configured for this printer name.
13313 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13314 \begin_inset space ~
13318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13320 reference "sub:Printer"
13329 The printer should understand PostScript.
13332 \begin_layout Labeling
13333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13338 The name of a file to print to.
13339 The output will be a PostScript file.
13340 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13344 \begin_layout Section
13345 A few Words about Typography
13346 \begin_inset Index idx
13349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13358 \begin_layout Subsection
13360 \begin_inset Index idx
13363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13372 \begin_layout Standard
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13385 character comes in four lengths: the
13397 , and the minus sign:
13398 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13404 \begin_layout Standard
13405 \begin_inset Tabular
13406 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13407 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13408 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13409 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13410 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13411 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13440 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13480 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13507 \begin_inset space ~
13510 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13517 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13542 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13544 \begin_inset space ~
13547 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13568 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13602 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13608 \begin_layout Standard
13609 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13621 character multiple times in a row.
13622 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13623 the final output, but not in LyX.
13625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13655 \begin_layout Standard
13656 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13657 math mode and has a length of its own.
13658 Here are some examples of the
13659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13673 \begin_layout Enumerate
13674 line- and page-breaks
13675 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13685 \begin_layout Enumerate
13687 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13697 \begin_layout Enumerate
13698 Oh — there's a dash.
13699 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13709 \begin_layout Enumerate
13710 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13714 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13724 \begin_layout Subsection
13726 \begin_inset Index idx
13729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13738 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13745 \begin_layout Standard
13746 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13747 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13752 \begin_inset Index idx
13755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13756 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13761 following the rules of the document language
13765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13766 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13774 \begin_inset space ~
13778 \begin_inset space ~
13785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13796 \begin_layout Standard
13797 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13802 font and with unusual constructs, like
13803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13811 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13812 This is done with the menu
13814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13815 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13817 \begin_inset space ~
13823 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13824 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13829 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13839 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13847 as hyphenation possibility.
13848 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13849 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13850 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13856 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13857 As LyX doesn't support
13863 , you have to use TeX Code.
13864 The result looks in LyX like:
13867 \begin_layout Standard
13868 \begin_inset Graphics
13869 filename clipart/mbox.png
13876 \begin_layout Standard
13877 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13878 \begin_inset space ~
13882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13884 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13891 \begin_layout Subsection
13893 \begin_inset Index idx
13896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13906 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13909 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13916 \begin_layout Standard
13917 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13918 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13919 LaTeX then adds the
13920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13923 appropriate amount of space
13924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13928 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13930 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13933 \begin_layout Standard
13934 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13935 not work in all cases.
13937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13948 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13949 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13952 \begin_layout Standard
13953 Here are some examples of
13957 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13960 \begin_layout Itemize
13965 \begin_layout Itemize
13970 \begin_layout Standard
13971 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13974 \begin_layout Itemize
13976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13980 this is too much space!
13983 \begin_layout Itemize
13988 \begin_layout Standard
13989 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13992 \begin_layout Standard
13993 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13996 \begin_layout Enumerate
14000 \begin_inset space ~
14005 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14006 \begin_inset space ~
14010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14012 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14017 \begin_inset Index idx
14020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14021 Spaces ! inter-word
14029 \begin_layout Enumerate
14033 \begin_inset space ~
14038 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14039 \begin_inset space ~
14043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14045 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14050 \begin_inset Index idx
14053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14062 \begin_layout Enumerate
14066 \begin_inset space ~
14070 \begin_inset space ~
14074 \begin_inset space ~
14081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14083 \begin_inset space ~
14088 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14089 This function is also bound to
14092 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14098 \begin_layout Standard
14099 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14102 \begin_layout Itemize
14104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14108 \begin_inset space \space{}
14111 this is too much space!
14114 \begin_layout Itemize
14115 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14119 \begin_layout Standard
14120 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14121 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14122 will take care of this.
14125 \begin_layout Standard
14126 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14130 \begin_inset space ~
14135 feature described in section
14141 Additional Features
14146 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14148 \begin_inset Index idx
14151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14152 Typography ! Quotes
14158 \begin_inset Index idx
14161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14192 \begin_layout Standard
14193 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14194 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14195 and use a closing quote at the end.
14197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 The keyboard character,
14209 , generates this automatically.
14212 \begin_layout Standard
14213 You can change the behavior of the
14217 key using the submenu
14223 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14227 \begin_inset Index idx
14230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14231 Document ! Settings
14239 \begin_layout Standard
14240 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14245 There are six choices:
14248 \begin_layout Labeling
14249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14261 Use quotes like this
14262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14270 \begin_inset Quotes els
14274 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14280 \begin_layout Labeling
14281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14284 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14288 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14294 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14298 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14302 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14308 \begin_layout Labeling
14309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14312 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14316 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14322 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14326 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14330 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14334 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14340 \begin_layout Labeling
14341 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14344 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14348 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14354 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14358 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14362 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14366 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14372 \begin_layout Labeling
14373 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14376 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14380 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14386 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14390 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14394 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14398 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14404 \begin_layout Labeling
14405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14408 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14412 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14418 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14422 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14426 \begin_inset Quotes als
14430 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14437 These settings affect what character the
14444 \begin_layout Subsection
14446 \begin_inset Index idx
14449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14450 Typography ! Ligatures
14456 \begin_inset Index idx
14459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14490 name "sub:Ligatures"
14497 \begin_layout Standard
14498 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14499 print them as single characters.
14500 These groups are known as
14505 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14507 Here are the standard ligatures:
14510 \begin_layout Itemize
14514 \begin_layout Itemize
14518 \begin_layout Itemize
14522 \begin_layout Itemize
14526 \begin_layout Itemize
14530 \begin_layout Standard
14531 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14535 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14536 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14544 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14560 To break a ligature, use
14562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14565 \begin_inset space ~
14572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14583 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14600 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14608 \begin_layout Subsection
14610 \begin_inset Index idx
14613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14622 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14629 \begin_layout Standard
14630 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14631 characters in different sizes and heights.
14632 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14633 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14653 \begin_inset Note Note
14656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14657 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14665 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14666 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14671 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14675 \begin_layout Description
14676 LyX The name of the game, write
14677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 \begin_layout Description
14699 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14721 \begin_layout Description
14722 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14744 \begin_layout Description
14745 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14767 \begin_layout Standard
14768 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14773 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14781 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14782 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14783 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14786 : The actual version is
14787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14794 , the previous one was
14795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14805 \begin_layout Standard
14806 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14811 \begin_inset space \space{}
14814 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14816 This will look in LyX like:
14817 \begin_inset Graphics
14818 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14824 \begin_inset Newline newline
14827 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14828 \begin_inset space ~
14832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14834 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14841 \begin_layout Subsection
14843 \begin_inset Index idx
14846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14855 \begin_layout Standard
14856 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14857 space between two words.
14858 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14868 for units use the menu
14870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14871 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14873 \begin_inset space ~
14881 arg "space-insert thin"
14887 \begin_layout Standard
14888 Here's an example to show the differences:
14891 \begin_layout Standard
14892 \begin_inset Tabular
14893 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14894 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14895 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14896 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14903 \begin_inset space ~
14907 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14919 space between number and unit
14926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14935 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14947 half space between number and unit
14960 \begin_layout Subsection
14962 \begin_inset Index idx
14965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14966 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14974 \begin_layout Standard
14975 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14977 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14978 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14979 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14980 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14981 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14982 These bits of text became known as
14993 \begin_layout Standard
14994 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14995 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14996 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14997 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14998 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14999 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15000 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15003 \begin_layout Standard
15004 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15005 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15006 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15007 \begin_inset space ~
15011 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15013 key "latexcompanion"
15018 \begin_inset space ~
15022 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15028 ] may have more information.
15029 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15032 \begin_layout Chapter
15033 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15036 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15044 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15049 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15052 \begin_layout Section
15054 \begin_inset Index idx
15057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15073 \begin_layout Standard
15074 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15077 \begin_layout Description
15079 \begin_inset space ~
15082 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15083 \begin_inset Newline newline
15087 \begin_inset Note Note
15090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15091 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15099 \begin_layout Description
15100 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15101 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15103 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15104 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15105 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15108 \begin_inset Newline newline
15112 \begin_inset Note Comment
15115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15116 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15124 \begin_layout Description
15126 \begin_inset space ~
15129 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15130 \begin_inset Newline newline
15134 \begin_inset Newline newline
15138 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15147 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15148 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15149 How this can be done is explained in the
15158 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15164 \begin_inset Newline newline
15168 \begin_inset Newline newline
15171 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15172 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15176 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15177 \begin_inset Graphics
15178 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15180 scaleBeforeRotation
15186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15190 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15193 \begin_layout Section
15195 \begin_inset Index idx
15198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15207 name "sec:Footnotes"
15214 \begin_layout Standard
15215 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15221 or the toolbar button
15222 \begin_inset Graphics
15223 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15236 \begin_inset Graphics
15237 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15246 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15275 label, the box will
15279 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15280 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15293 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15309 \begin_layout Standard
15310 Here's an example footnote:
15318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15319 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15327 \begin_layout Standard
15328 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15329 position where the footnote box is placed.
15330 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15331 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15332 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15333 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15334 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15339 ey are described in the
15346 \begin_layout Section
15348 \begin_inset Index idx
15351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15360 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15367 \begin_layout Standard
15368 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15369 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15373 \begin_inset space ~
15378 or the toolbar button
15379 \begin_inset Graphics
15380 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15407 appearing within your text.
15408 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15417 \begin_layout Standard
15418 At the side is an example marginal note.
15422 \begin_inset Marginal
15425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15426 This is a marginal note.
15434 \begin_layout Standard
15435 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15436 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15437 pages, right on odd pages.
15440 \begin_layout Section
15441 Graphics and Images
15442 \begin_inset Index idx
15445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15452 \begin_inset Index idx
15455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15464 name "sec:Graphics"
15471 \begin_layout Standard
15472 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15473 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15474 \begin_inset Graphics
15475 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15485 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15488 \begin_layout Standard
15489 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15494 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15495 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15497 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15498 \begin_inset space ~
15502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15504 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15511 \begin_layout Standard
15516 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15517 of the image in the output.
15518 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15522 \begin_inset space ~
15526 \begin_inset space ~
15535 \begin_inset space ~
15539 \begin_inset space ~
15543 \begin_inset space ~
15548 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15549 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15557 \begin_layout Standard
15560 LaTeX and LyX options
15562 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15563 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15567 \begin_inset space ~
15572 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15573 with the image size is printed.
15577 \begin_inset space ~
15581 \begin_inset space ~
15585 \begin_inset space ~
15590 is explained in the
15601 \begin_layout Standard
15602 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15603 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15605 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15609 \begin_layout Standard
15611 \begin_inset Graphics
15612 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15614 rotateOrigin center
15621 \begin_layout Standard
15622 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15623 the image into a float, see section
15624 \begin_inset space ~
15628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15630 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15637 \begin_layout Subsection
15639 \begin_inset Index idx
15642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15651 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15658 \begin_layout Standard
15659 You can insert images in any known file format.
15660 But as we explained in section
15661 \begin_inset space ~
15665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15667 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15671 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15672 LyX uses therefore the program
15676 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15677 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15678 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15679 \begin_inset space ~
15683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15685 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15692 \begin_layout Standard
15693 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15696 \begin_layout Description
15698 \begin_inset space ~
15701 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15702 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15703 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15707 Graphics Interchange Format
15708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15711 (GIF, file extension
15712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15724 \begin_inset Index idx
15727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15759 Portable Network Graphics
15760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15763 (PNG, file extension
15764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15776 \begin_inset Index idx
15779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15811 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15815 (JPG, file extension
15816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15840 \begin_inset Index idx
15843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15874 \begin_layout Description
15876 \begin_inset space ~
15879 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15881 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15882 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15883 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15884 \begin_inset Newline newline
15887 Scalable image formats can be
15888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15891 Scalable Vector Graphics
15892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15895 (SVG, file extension
15896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15908 \begin_inset Index idx
15911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15943 Encapsulated PostScript
15944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15947 (EPS, file extension
15948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15960 \begin_inset Index idx
15963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15995 Portable Document Format
15996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15999 (PDF, file extension
16000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16012 \begin_inset Index idx
16015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16022 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16023 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16024 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16030 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16038 \begin_layout Standard
16039 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16043 \begin_layout Subsection
16044 Grouping of Image Settings
16045 \begin_inset Index idx
16048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16049 Images ! Settings grouping
16057 \begin_layout Standard
16058 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16060 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16061 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16063 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16064 need to manually change each of them.
16068 \begin_layout Standard
16069 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16072 \begin_inset space ~
16077 field in the Graphics dialog.
16078 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16079 by checking the name of the desired group.
16082 \begin_layout Section
16084 \begin_inset Index idx
16087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16103 \begin_layout Standard
16104 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16105 \begin_inset Graphics
16106 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16117 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16118 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16119 from the rest of the table.
16120 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16121 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16123 Here's an example table:
16126 \begin_layout Standard
16128 \begin_inset Tabular
16129 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16130 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16334 \begin_layout Subsection
16338 \begin_layout Standard
16339 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16340 brings up the table dialog.
16341 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16342 where the cursor is placed currently.
16343 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16344 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16345 done on all of your selection.
16348 \begin_layout Standard
16349 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16352 \begin_inset space ~
16357 helps you in setting table properties.
16358 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16361 \begin_layout Standard
16365 \begin_inset space ~
16370 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16371 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16372 current cell respectively.
16373 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16375 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16376 of text, see section
16377 \begin_inset space ~
16381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16383 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16390 \begin_layout Standard
16391 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16397 This will merge the cells to
16401 cell, spread over more than one column.
16402 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16403 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16404 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16405 in the last row without the upper border:
16408 \begin_layout Standard
16410 \begin_inset Tabular
16411 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16412 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16414 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16415 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16427 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16436 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16512 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16547 \begin_layout Standard
16548 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16549 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16550 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16551 explained in the tables section of the
16554 \begin_inset space ~
16560 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16564 degrees counterclockwise.
16565 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16568 \begin_layout Standard
16569 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16577 Most DVI-viewers are
16581 able to display rotations.
16589 \begin_layout Standard
16594 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16599 adds lines for all cell borders.
16602 \begin_layout Subsection
16604 \begin_inset Index idx
16607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16608 Tables ! Longtables
16614 \begin_inset Index idx
16617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16626 \begin_layout Standard
16627 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16630 \begin_inset space ~
16634 \begin_inset space ~
16643 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16644 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16647 \begin_layout Description
16652 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16653 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16654 except for the first page, if
16657 \begin_inset space ~
16665 \begin_layout Description
16669 \begin_inset space ~
16674 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16675 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16678 \begin_layout Description
16683 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16684 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16685 except for the last page, if
16688 \begin_inset space ~
16696 \begin_layout Description
16700 \begin_inset space ~
16705 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16706 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16709 \begin_layout Description
16710 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16711 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16717 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16720 \begin_inset space ~
16728 \begin_layout Standard
16729 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16730 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16731 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16732 The others will then be defined as
16737 In this context, first means first in this order:
16740 \begin_inset space ~
16752 \begin_inset space ~
16758 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16761 \begin_layout Standard
16763 \begin_inset Tabular
16764 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16765 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16766 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16767 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16768 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16769 <row endfirsthead="true">
16770 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16781 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16790 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16800 <row endfirsthead="true">
16801 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16821 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16833 <row endhead="true">
16834 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16845 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16864 <row endhead="true">
16865 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16876 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16897 <row endfoot="true">
16898 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16909 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16918 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16949 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17908 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17950 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17981 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18012 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18043 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18074 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18105 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18136 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18167 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18229 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18291 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18322 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18353 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18384 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18415 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18446 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18477 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18508 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18539 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18570 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18601 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18725 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18756 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18787 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18818 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18849 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18879 <row endlastfoot="true">
18880 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18891 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18900 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 \begin_layout Subsection
18919 \begin_inset Index idx
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18931 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18938 \begin_layout Standard
18939 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18940 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18941 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18942 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18946 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18947 for the cell's paragraph.
18950 \begin_layout Standard
18951 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18952 for the column in the table dialog.
18953 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18954 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18958 \begin_layout Standard
18960 \begin_inset Tabular
18961 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18962 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18964 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19054 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 This is longer now.
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19167 This is longer now.
19172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 \begin_layout Standard
19199 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19200 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19205 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19206 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19212 Selection with the mouse or with
19216 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19217 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19218 the selection from outside the table.
19221 \begin_layout Section
19223 \begin_inset Index idx
19226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19242 \begin_layout Standard
19243 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19244 have a fixed location.
19246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19253 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19261 \begin_inset space ~
19266 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19267 too many notes on the page.
19270 \begin_layout Standard
19271 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19272 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19273 and pages without text.
19274 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19275 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19276 Floats are therefore numbered.
19277 Referencing is described in section
19278 \begin_inset space ~
19282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19284 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19291 \begin_layout Standard
19292 To insert a float, use the menu
19294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19298 A box with a caption that has e.
19299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19303 \begin_inset space \space{}
19307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19311 \begin_inset space ~
19315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19318 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19319 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19321 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19322 \begin_inset Index idx
19325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19332 paragraph within the float.
19333 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19334 by left-clicking on the box label.
19335 A closed float box looks like this:
19336 \begin_inset Graphics
19337 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19342 – a gray button with a red label.
19345 \begin_layout Standard
19346 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19347 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19350 \begin_layout Subsection
19354 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19356 \begin_inset Index idx
19359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19360 Floats ! Figure floats
19366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19368 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19375 \begin_layout Standard
19378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19379 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19382 inserts a float with the label
19383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19389 \begin_inset space ~
19395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19399 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19400 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19401 This is what we did for Figure
19402 \begin_inset space ~
19406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19408 reference "cap:Platypus"
19413 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19414 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19415 This was done in Figure
19416 \begin_inset space ~
19420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19422 reference "cap:Escher"
19429 \begin_layout Standard
19430 \begin_inset Float figure
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19437 \begin_inset Graphics
19438 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19440 rotateOrigin center
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19448 \begin_inset Caption
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19453 name "cap:Platypus"
19457 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19470 \begin_layout Standard
19471 \begin_inset Float figure
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19477 \begin_inset Caption
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19480 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19497 \begin_inset Graphics
19498 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19500 rotateOrigin center
19512 \begin_layout Standard
19513 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19515 As described in section
19516 \begin_inset space ~
19520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19522 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19526 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19531 and refer to it using the menu
19533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19537 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19546 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19558 \begin_layout Standard
19559 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19560 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19561 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19562 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19564 \begin_inset space ~
19568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19570 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19574 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19575 You can also set the images one below the other.
19577 \begin_inset space ~
19581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19583 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19590 reference "fig:Platypus"
19594 are the subfigures.
19597 \begin_layout Standard
19598 \begin_inset Float figure
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19608 \begin_inset Float figure
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19614 \begin_inset Caption
19616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19619 name "fig:Undefinable"
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19632 \begin_inset Graphics
19633 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19648 \begin_inset Float figure
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 \begin_inset Caption
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19659 name "fig:Platypus"
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19672 \begin_inset Graphics
19673 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19685 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19692 \begin_inset Caption
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19697 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19701 Two distorted images.
19714 \begin_layout Standard
19715 Note that the caption is added to the
19718 \begin_inset space ~
19722 \begin_inset space ~
19727 as described in section
19728 \begin_inset space ~
19732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19734 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19741 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19743 \begin_inset Index idx
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19747 Floats ! Table floats
19755 \begin_layout Standard
19756 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19758 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19759 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19763 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19766 \begin_inset space ~
19770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19772 reference "cap:Table-float"
19776 is an example of a table float.
19779 \begin_layout Standard
19780 \begin_inset Float table
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19786 \begin_inset Caption
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19791 name "cap:Table-float"
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19805 \begin_inset Tabular
19806 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19807 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19937 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19961 \end{array}\right]$
19969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19982 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20005 \begin_inset Index idx
20008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20009 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20017 \begin_layout Standard
20018 This float type is inserted with the menu
20020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20021 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20025 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20026 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20030 , described in section
20031 \begin_inset space ~
20035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20037 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20044 \begin_layout Standard
20045 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20053 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20059 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20062 \begin_layout Standard
20067 floatname{algorithm}{your
20068 \begin_inset space ~
20074 \begin_layout Standard
20075 to the document preamble (menu
20077 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20084 \begin_inset space ~
20090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20104 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20106 \begin_inset Index idx
20109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20110 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20118 \begin_layout Standard
20119 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20127 \begin_inset Graphics
20128 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20130 rotateOrigin center
20137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20138 \begin_inset Caption
20140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20143 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20147 This is a wrapped figure.
20148 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20161 This float type is used if you want to
20162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20169 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20171 It can be inserted using the menu
20173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20174 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20176 \begin_inset space ~
20181 if the LaTeX-package
20186 \begin_inset Index idx
20189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20190 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20200 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20203 \begin_inset space ~
20213 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20216 \begin_inset space ~
20220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20222 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20226 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20235 Available units are explained in Appendix
20236 \begin_inset space ~
20240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20242 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20251 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20255 \begin_layout Standard
20256 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20264 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20269 \begin_inset space \space{}
20272 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20273 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20282 \begin_layout Itemize
20283 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20284 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20285 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20286 page breaks will appear.
20289 \begin_layout Itemize
20290 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20291 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20294 \begin_layout Itemize
20295 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20296 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20299 \begin_layout Itemize
20300 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20303 \begin_layout Subsection
20305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20307 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20312 \begin_inset Index idx
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20324 \begin_layout Standard
20325 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20326 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20330 \begin_inset space ~
20338 \begin_layout Standard
20339 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20340 have a multi-column document).
20341 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20344 \begin_inset space ~
20350 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20351 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20358 \begin_layout Standard
20359 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20360 format is also the same: Table
20361 \begin_inset space ~
20365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20367 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20371 is an example of a rotated table float.
20374 \begin_layout Standard
20375 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20383 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20391 \begin_layout Standard
20392 \begin_inset Float table
20397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 \begin_inset Caption
20400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20403 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20417 \begin_inset Tabular
20418 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20419 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20421 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20422 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20424 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20484 \begin_layout Subsection
20486 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20488 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20493 \begin_inset Index idx
20496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20505 \begin_layout Standard
20506 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20507 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20508 \begin_inset Newline newline
20514 \begin_inset space ~
20519 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20520 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20521 \begin_inset Newline newline
20527 \begin_inset space ~
20532 is used to rotate floats, see section
20533 \begin_inset space ~
20537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20539 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20546 \begin_layout Standard
20547 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20548 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20551 \begin_inset space ~
20555 \begin_inset space ~
20563 \begin_layout Description
20565 \begin_inset space ~
20569 \begin_inset space ~
20572 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20575 \begin_layout Description
20577 \begin_inset space ~
20581 \begin_inset space ~
20584 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20587 \begin_layout Description
20589 \begin_inset space ~
20593 \begin_inset space ~
20596 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20599 \begin_layout Description
20601 \begin_inset space ~
20605 \begin_inset space ~
20608 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20611 \begin_layout Standard
20612 The order of the above option is
20617 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20621 \begin_inset space ~
20625 \begin_inset space ~
20633 \begin_inset space ~
20637 \begin_inset space ~
20642 , and then the others.
20643 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20645 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20646 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20649 \begin_layout Standard
20650 By default, each option has its own rules:
20653 \begin_layout Standard
20657 \begin_inset space ~
20661 \begin_inset space ~
20666 only floats occupying less than 70
20667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20670 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20673 \begin_layout Standard
20677 \begin_inset space ~
20681 \begin_inset space ~
20686 : only floats occupying less than 30
20687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20690 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20701 \begin_inset space ~
20706 : only if more than 50
20707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20710 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20714 \begin_layout Standard
20715 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20719 \begin_inset space ~
20723 \begin_inset space ~
20731 \begin_layout Standard
20732 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20733 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20734 For this case you can use the option
20737 \begin_inset space ~
20743 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20745 Because the float is then no longer able to
20746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20753 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20756 \begin_layout Standard
20757 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20758 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20762 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20764 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20766 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20773 \begin_layout Section
20775 \begin_inset Index idx
20778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20787 name "sec:Minipages"
20794 \begin_layout Standard
20795 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20797 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20798 \begin_inset space ~
20805 \begin_layout Standard
20806 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20812 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20813 and its alignment within the page.
20816 \begin_layout Standard
20818 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20827 height_special "totalheight"
20830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20833 This is a minipage.
20834 The text is set in an italic style.
20837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20840 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20841 another formatting.
20849 \begin_layout Standard
20850 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20853 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20857 as described in section
20858 \begin_inset space ~
20862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20864 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20869 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20875 \begin_layout Standard
20876 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20885 height_special "totalheight"
20888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20889 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20890 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20896 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20900 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20909 height_special "totalheight"
20912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20914 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20922 \begin_layout Standard
20923 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20929 \begin_layout Standard
20930 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20931 to other box types.
20932 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20943 \begin_layout Chapter
20944 Mathematical Formulas
20945 \begin_inset Index idx
20948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20955 \begin_inset Index idx
20958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20989 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20996 \begin_layout Standard
20997 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21002 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21005 \begin_layout Section
21007 \begin_inset Index idx
21010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21019 \begin_layout Standard
21020 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21021 \begin_inset Graphics
21022 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21027 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21029 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21030 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21031 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21033 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21039 \begin_layout Standard
21040 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21044 \begin_inset space ~
21049 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21053 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21054 line, like this one:
21057 \begin_layout Standard
21058 This is a line with an inline formula
21059 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21065 \begin_layout Standard
21066 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21067 paragraph, like this one:
21068 \begin_inset Formula \[
21073 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21076 \begin_layout Standard
21077 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21083 \begin_inset space \space{}
21087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21100 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21101 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21105 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21108 \begin_inset space ~
21116 \begin_layout Subsection
21117 Navigating in Formulas
21118 \begin_inset Index idx
21121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21130 \begin_layout Standard
21131 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21132 achieved with the arrow keys.
21133 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21134 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21139 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21140 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21144 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21148 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21151 \end{array}\right]$
21159 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21164 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21165 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21168 \begin_layout Standard
21173 , printed in this document as
21174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21195 \begin_inset Note Note
21198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21199 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21200 space character (visible space).
21205 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21206 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21207 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21212 For example, if you want
21213 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21267 , since in the latter case only the
21270 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21275 will be under the square root sign:
21276 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21282 \begin_layout Standard
21283 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21285 \begin_inset Formula \[
21286 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21290 \end{array}\right)\]
21294 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21295 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21298 \begin_layout Subsection
21302 \begin_layout Standard
21303 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21304 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21308 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21309 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21310 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21311 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21312 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21315 \begin_layout Subsection
21316 Exponents and Subscripts
21317 \begin_inset Index idx
21320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21327 \begin_inset Index idx
21330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21339 \begin_layout Standard
21340 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21341 way is to use a command.
21343 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21346 , type in a formula
21352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21368 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21374 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21378 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21399 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21408 , you have to use an extra
21412 to separate the hat and the character.
21414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21418 \begin_inset space \space{}
21422 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21443 Subscripts are similar: To get
21444 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21467 \begin_layout Subsection
21469 \begin_inset Index idx
21472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21481 \begin_layout Standard
21482 Create a fraction with either the command
21489 \begin_inset Graphics
21490 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21498 \begin_inset space ~
21504 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21505 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21506 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21511 To move back up, press
21516 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21517 \begin_inset Formula \[
21518 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21521 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21528 \begin_layout Subsection
21530 \begin_inset Index idx
21533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21542 \begin_layout Standard
21543 Roots can be created using the
21546 \begin_inset space ~
21552 \begin_inset Graphics
21553 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21576 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21582 produces always a square root.
21585 \begin_layout Subsection
21586 Operators with Limits
21587 \begin_inset Index idx
21590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21597 \begin_inset Index idx
21600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21609 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21616 \begin_layout Standard
21618 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21622 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21625 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21626 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21627 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21628 The sum operator will automatically place its
21629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21636 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21639 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21643 \begin_inset Formula \[
21644 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21648 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21652 \begin_layout Standard
21653 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21655 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21656 behind the operator and hitting
21664 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21665 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21667 \begin_inset space ~
21671 \begin_inset space ~
21679 \begin_layout Standard
21680 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21688 feature as addition, such as
21689 \begin_inset Index idx
21692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 \begin_inset Formula \[
21700 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21704 which will place the
21705 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21717 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21718 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21724 \begin_layout Standard
21725 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21732 Have a look at section
21733 \begin_inset space ~
21737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21739 reference "sub:Functions"
21743 for an explanation of function macros.
21746 \begin_layout Subsection
21748 \begin_inset Index idx
21751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21760 \begin_layout Standard
21761 Most math symbols can be found in the
21764 \begin_inset space ~
21769 under one of several categories; including
21786 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21790 \begin_layout Standard
21791 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21792 you don't have to use the
21795 \begin_inset space ~
21800 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21801 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21804 \begin_layout Subsection
21806 \begin_inset Index idx
21809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21818 \begin_layout Standard
21819 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21824 arg "space-insert protected"
21830 \begin_inset space ~
21836 \begin_inset Graphics
21837 filename ../images/math/space.png
21842 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21843 For example, the sequence
21848 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21852 \begin_inset Graphics
21853 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21858 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21859 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21860 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21861 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21863 Here are two examples:
21866 \begin_layout Standard
21876 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21882 \begin_layout Standard
21892 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21898 \begin_layout Subsection
21900 \begin_inset Index idx
21903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21912 name "sub:Functions"
21919 \begin_layout Standard
21923 \begin_inset space ~
21928 contains under the button
21929 \begin_inset Graphics
21930 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21934 a number of function macros, such as
21935 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21939 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21947 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21954 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21955 avoid confusions, because
21956 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21960 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
21966 \begin_layout Standard
21967 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21969 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21973 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21979 \begin_layout Standard
21980 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21981 s are placed, as described in section
21982 \begin_inset space ~
21986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21988 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21995 \begin_layout Subsection
21997 \begin_inset Index idx
22000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22009 \begin_layout Standard
22010 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22012 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22013 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22018 \begin_inset space \space{}
22022 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22025 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22026 Our example is entered by typing
22034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22047 \begin_inset space ~
22051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22053 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22057 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22060 \begin_layout Standard
22061 \begin_inset Float table
22066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22067 \begin_inset Caption
22069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22072 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22076 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22086 \begin_inset Tabular
22087 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22088 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22089 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22175 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22229 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22391 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22445 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22499 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22553 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22607 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22652 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22673 \begin_layout Standard
22674 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22677 \begin_inset space ~
22683 \begin_inset Graphics
22684 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22688 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22692 \begin_layout Section
22693 Brackets and Delimiters
22694 \begin_inset Index idx
22697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22704 \begin_inset Index idx
22707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22716 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22723 \begin_layout Standard
22724 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22725 For most purposes, using just the keys
22730 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22731 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22732 toolbar delimiter icon
22733 \begin_inset Graphics
22734 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22739 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22741 \begin_inset Formula \[
22742 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22745 \end{array}\right]\]
22749 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22750 \begin_inset Formula \[
22751 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22758 \begin_layout Standard
22759 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22760 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22763 \begin_layout Standard
22764 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22765 left side and right side.
22766 If you use the option
22769 \begin_inset space ~
22774 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22775 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22776 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22777 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22780 \begin_layout Standard
22781 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22782 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22783 inside the brackets.
22784 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22789 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22792 \begin_layout Section
22793 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22794 \begin_inset Index idx
22797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22804 \begin_inset Index idx
22807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22814 \begin_inset Index idx
22817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22818 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22826 \begin_layout Standard
22827 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22830 \begin_inset space ~
22836 \begin_inset Graphics
22837 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22842 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22843 Here is an example:
22844 \begin_inset Formula \[
22845 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22849 \end{array}\right)\]
22853 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22854 \begin_inset space ~
22858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22860 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22865 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22866 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22867 This alignment is set in the box
22872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22920 for every column as default.
22921 For example, the sequence
22922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22933 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22934 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22935 corresponds to the relevant column.
22936 The result will look like this:
22937 \begin_inset Formula \[
22939 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22940 column & has & has\, right\\
22941 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22949 \begin_layout Standard
22950 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22953 arg "newline-insert newline"
22956 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22957 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22959 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22962 or the math toolbar.
22965 \begin_layout Standard
22966 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22967 It can be created with the menu
22969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22970 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22972 \begin_inset space ~
22984 Here is an example:
22985 \begin_inset Formula \[
22997 \begin_layout Standard
22998 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23001 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23004 arg "newline-insert newline"
23008 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23013 arg "newline-insert newline"
23016 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23024 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23025 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23026 A new row is created by every further hit of
23029 arg "newline-insert newline"
23033 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23034 Here is an example:
23035 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23036 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23037 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23042 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23043 where you want to start the shift and hit
23048 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23049 position to the next column.
23050 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23051 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23052 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23053 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23060 \begin_layout Standard
23061 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23068 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23069 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23072 reference "eq:asquared"
23077 The other types are described in section
23078 \begin_inset space ~
23082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23084 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23091 \begin_layout Section
23092 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23093 \begin_inset Index idx
23096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23097 Math ! Formula numbering
23103 \begin_inset Index idx
23106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23107 Math ! Referencing formulas
23113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23115 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23122 \begin_layout Standard
23123 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23125 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23126 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23128 \begin_inset space ~
23136 arg "math-number-toggle"
23140 The formula number appears in LyX as
23141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23148 within parentheses.
23150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23157 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23159 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23160 the document class.
23161 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23162 separated by a dot:
23163 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23164 1+1=2\end{equation}
23171 arg "math-number-toggle"
23174 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23175 You can only number displayed formulas.
23178 \begin_layout Standard
23179 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23181 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23182 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23184 \begin_inset space ~
23188 \begin_inset space ~
23192 \begin_inset space ~
23200 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23203 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23204 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23206 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23212 To number all lines use the shortcut
23215 arg "math-number-toggle"
23221 \begin_layout Standard
23222 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23225 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23226 A label is inserted with the menu
23228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23231 when the cursor is in the formula.
23232 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23233 It is recommended to use the proposed
23234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23245 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23246 type when you have many labels in your document.
23247 We inserted in the following example the label
23248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23255 in the second line:
23256 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23257 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23258 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23263 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23264 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23274 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23278 \begin_inset space ~
23284 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23285 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23286 as the formula number:
23289 \begin_layout Standard
23290 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23293 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23300 \begin_layout Standard
23301 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23302 \begin_inset space ~
23306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23308 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23313 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23316 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23319 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23324 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23332 \begin_layout Section
23333 User defined math macros
23334 \begin_inset Index idx
23337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23346 \begin_layout Standard
23347 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23348 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23349 Math macros are explained in section
23352 \begin_inset space ~
23364 \begin_layout Section
23368 \begin_layout Subsection
23370 \begin_inset Index idx
23373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23382 \begin_layout Standard
23383 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23384 To set a font in a formula, use the
23387 \begin_inset space ~
23393 \begin_inset Graphics
23394 filename ../images/math/font.png
23398 , or enter its command, listed in table
23399 \begin_inset space ~
23403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23405 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23412 \begin_layout Standard
23413 \begin_inset Float table
23418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23419 \begin_inset Caption
23421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23424 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23428 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 \begin_inset Tabular
23439 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23440 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23441 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23442 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23474 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23501 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23528 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23561 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23588 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23615 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23649 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23676 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23710 \begin_layout Standard
23711 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23719 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23735 \begin_layout Standard
23736 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23737 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23742 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23743 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23744 Here an example where
23745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23756 denotes the set of numbers:
23757 \begin_inset Formula \[
23758 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23765 \begin_layout Standard
23766 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23772 \begin_inset space \space{}
23784 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23788 \begin_inset Newline newline
23791 So it is better not to use this feature.
23794 \begin_layout Standard
23795 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23796 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23800 \begin_inset Newline newline
23803 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23809 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23810 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23816 \begin_layout Standard
23823 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23826 \begin_layout Standard
23827 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23829 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23830 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23832 \begin_inset space ~
23840 \begin_layout Subsection
23842 \begin_inset Index idx
23845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23854 \begin_layout Standard
23855 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23857 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23861 \begin_inset space ~
23865 \begin_inset space ~
23873 \begin_inset space ~
23879 \begin_inset Graphics
23880 filename ../images/math/font.png
23891 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23892 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23893 Here is an example:
23894 \begin_inset Formula \[
23896 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23897 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23905 \begin_layout Subsection
23907 \begin_inset Index idx
23910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23919 \begin_layout Standard
23920 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23921 automatically chosen in most situations.
23939 For most characters,
23947 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23948 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23953 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23954 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23956 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23957 \begin_inset Graphics
23958 filename ../images/math/style.png
23963 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23964 For example, you can set
23965 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23968 , which is normally in
23977 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23981 The four styles are used in the following example:
23984 \begin_layout Standard
23985 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23989 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23993 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23997 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24003 \begin_layout Standard
24004 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24005 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24007 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24009 \begin_inset space ~
24014 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24015 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24016 will be adjusted to correspond.
24017 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24028 \begin_layout Standard
24032 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24038 \begin_layout Section
24042 \begin_layout Standard
24043 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24044 the document classes and into layout modules.
24045 \begin_inset Index idx
24048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24054 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24055 other than the AMS classes.
24057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24059 reference "sub:Modules"
24063 for more on layout modules.
24066 \begin_layout Section
24068 \begin_inset Index idx
24071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24078 \begin_inset Index idx
24081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24090 \begin_layout Standard
24091 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24092 (AMS) that are in common use.
24095 \begin_layout Subsection
24096 Enabling AMS-Support
24099 \begin_layout Standard
24100 Selecting the checkbox
24103 \begin_inset space ~
24107 \begin_inset space ~
24111 \begin_inset space ~
24118 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24122 \begin_inset Index idx
24125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24126 Document ! Settings
24134 \begin_inset space ~
24139 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24141 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24142 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24145 \begin_layout Subsection
24147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24149 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24154 \begin_inset Index idx
24157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24158 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24166 \begin_layout Standard
24167 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24168 LyX allows you to choose between
24189 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24192 \begin_layout Chapter
24196 \begin_layout Section
24198 \begin_inset Index idx
24201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24210 name "sec:Cross-References"
24217 \begin_layout Standard
24218 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24219 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24221 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24222 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24223 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24226 \begin_layout Enumerate
24230 \begin_layout Enumerate
24231 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24233 name "enu:Second-item"
24240 \begin_layout Enumerate
24244 \begin_layout Standard
24245 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24250 or by pressing the toolbar button
24251 \begin_inset Graphics
24252 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24258 A grey label box like this:
24259 \begin_inset Graphics
24260 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24265 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24266 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24301 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24306 \begin_inset space \space{}
24309 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24324 \begin_layout Standard
24325 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24327 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24330 or the toolbar button
24331 \begin_inset Graphics
24332 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24338 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24339 \begin_inset Graphics
24340 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24345 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24347 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24360 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24364 \begin_layout Standard
24367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24370 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24375 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24376 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24378 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24384 \begin_layout Standard
24385 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24386 \begin_inset space ~
24390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24392 reference "enu:Second-item"
24399 \begin_layout Standard
24400 It is recommended to use a protected space
24404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24405 described in section
24406 \begin_inset space ~
24410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24412 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24421 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24425 \begin_layout Standard
24426 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24429 \begin_layout Description
24430 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24433 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24440 \begin_layout Description
24441 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24442 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24454 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24461 \begin_layout Description
24462 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24463 \begin_inset space ~
24467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24468 LatexCommand pageref
24469 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24476 \begin_layout Description
24478 \begin_inset space ~
24482 \begin_inset space ~
24485 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24487 LatexCommand vpageref
24488 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24495 \begin_layout Description
24497 \begin_inset space ~
24501 \begin_inset space ~
24505 \begin_inset space ~
24508 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24512 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24519 \begin_layout Description
24521 \begin_inset space ~
24524 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24525 \begin_inset Newline newline
24529 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24537 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24542 \begin_inset Index idx
24545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24546 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24559 \begin_layout Standard
24560 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24561 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24567 \begin_inset space \space{}
24571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24586 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24587 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24588 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24592 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24596 \begin_layout Standard
24597 You can only use the style
24601 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24605 is always possible.
24608 \begin_layout Standard
24609 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24610 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24611 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24612 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24613 \begin_inset space ~
24617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24619 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24626 \begin_layout Standard
24630 \begin_inset space ~
24634 \begin_inset space ~
24639 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24641 The button text changes then to
24644 \begin_inset space ~
24649 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24650 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24651 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24652 \begin_inset Graphics
24653 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24654 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24655 rotateOrigin center
24662 \begin_layout Standard
24663 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24664 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24665 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24668 \begin_layout Standard
24669 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24670 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24673 \begin_layout Standard
24674 References are described in detail in the
24681 \begin_layout Section
24682 Table of Contents and other Listings
24683 \begin_inset Index idx
24686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24693 \begin_inset Index idx
24696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24712 \begin_layout Subsection
24714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24716 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24723 \begin_layout Standard
24724 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24726 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24727 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24729 \begin_inset space ~
24733 \begin_inset space ~
24739 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24740 If you click on it, the
24744 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24745 sections in your documents.
24746 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24748 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24751 that is described in sec.
24752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24758 reference "sec:Navigating"
24765 \begin_layout Standard
24766 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24767 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24769 \begin_inset space ~
24773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24775 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24779 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24781 \begin_inset space ~
24785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24787 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24791 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24793 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24796 \begin_layout Subsection
24797 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24800 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24807 \begin_layout Standard
24808 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24809 You can insert them via the
24811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24813 \begin_inset space ~
24817 \begin_inset space ~
24823 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24826 \begin_layout Section
24827 URLs and Hyperlinks
24828 \begin_inset Index idx
24831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24838 \begin_inset Index idx
24841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24850 \begin_layout Subsection
24852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24861 \begin_layout Standard
24862 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24870 \begin_layout Standard
24871 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24872 \begin_inset Flex URL
24875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24885 \begin_layout Standard
24886 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24892 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24897 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24905 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24913 \begin_layout Subsection
24915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24917 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24924 \begin_layout Standard
24925 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24930 or with the toolbar button
24931 \begin_inset Graphics
24932 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24933 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24938 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24947 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24948 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24949 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24951 name "LyX's homepage"
24952 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24956 , an Email address like this:
24957 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24959 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24960 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24965 , or a link to a file.
24968 \begin_layout Standard
24969 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24982 to the link target.
24985 \begin_layout Standard
24986 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24987 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24988 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24989 the text style dialog.
24990 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24994 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24996 name "LyX's homepage"
24997 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25004 \begin_layout Standard
25005 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25009 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25011 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25012 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25016 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25018 \begin_inset Newline newline
25026 \begin_inset Newline newline
25033 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25036 \begin_layout Section
25038 \begin_inset Index idx
25041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25050 name "sec:Appendices"
25057 \begin_layout Standard
25058 Appendices are created with the menu
25060 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25062 \begin_inset space ~
25066 \begin_inset space ~
25072 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25073 as the appendix region.
25074 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25077 \begin_layout Standard
25078 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25079 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25080 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25081 and the subsection number.
25082 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25086 \begin_layout Standard
25088 \begin_inset space ~
25092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25094 reference "cha:Credits"
25099 \begin_inset space ~
25103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25105 reference "sub:Export"
25112 \begin_layout Section
25114 \begin_inset Index idx
25117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25126 name "sec:Bibliography"
25133 \begin_layout Standard
25134 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25135 You can include a bibliography database,
25139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25140 Known under the name
25141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25153 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25154 manually, using the paragraph environment
25158 , which was described in section
25159 \begin_inset space ~
25163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25165 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25170 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25171 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25175 use a bibliography database.
25178 \begin_layout Subsection
25179 The Bibliography Environment
25182 \begin_layout Standard
25187 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25189 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25198 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25200 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25209 , a short form of its title, as key.
25212 \begin_layout Standard
25213 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25218 or the toolbar button
25219 \begin_inset Graphics
25220 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25221 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25226 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25227 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25228 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25229 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25233 \begin_layout Standard
25234 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25235 entry with surrounding brackets.
25240 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25241 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25253 \begin_layout Standard
25256 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25259 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25261 key "latexcompanion"
25268 \begin_layout Standard
25269 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25270 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25279 \begin_layout Subsection
25280 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25281 \begin_inset Index idx
25284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25285 Bibliography ! Databases
25291 \begin_inset Index idx
25294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25295 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25301 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25303 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25310 \begin_layout Standard
25311 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25317 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25319 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25320 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25325 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25327 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25328 your working field in a database.
25329 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25330 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25332 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25336 \begin_layout Standard
25337 The database is a text file with the file extension
25338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25349 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25350 The format is explained in
25351 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25357 and in LaTeX books (
25358 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25360 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25365 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25366 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25367 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25368 \begin_inset Flex URL
25371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25373 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25381 \begin_layout Standard
25382 To use a database, use the menu
25384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25389 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25402 \begin_inset space ~
25408 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25409 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25412 Add bibliography to TOC
25414 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25419 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25422 \begin_layout Standard
25423 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25435 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25436 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25437 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25439 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25445 For information how this is done, have a look at
25446 \begin_inset Newline newline
25450 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25452 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25464 \begin_layout Standard
25465 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25468 \begin_layout Standard
25469 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25470 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25473 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25501 \begin_inset space ~
25507 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25523 When you select the option
25525 Sectioned bibliography
25529 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25532 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25533 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25535 Customizing Bibliographies
25543 Additional Features
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25549 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25550 the two methods of creating them.
25551 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25552 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25553 We used the style file
25557 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25560 \begin_layout Subsection
25561 Bibliography layout
25562 \begin_inset Index idx
25565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25566 Bibliography ! Layout
25574 \begin_layout Standard
25575 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25576 For this feature you need to enable the option
25582 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25586 \begin_inset Index idx
25589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25590 Document ! Settings
25600 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25601 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25602 in the previous section.
25605 \begin_layout Standard
25606 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25607 in the citation reference window.
25608 Here an example where we set the text
25609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25613 \begin_inset space ~
25617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25620 to appear after the reference:
25623 \begin_layout Standard
25625 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25628 key "latexcompanion"
25635 \begin_layout Section
25637 \begin_inset Index idx
25640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25656 \begin_layout Standard
25657 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25661 \begin_inset space ~
25666 or the toolbar button
25667 \begin_inset Graphics
25668 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25669 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25686 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25687 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25688 by LyX as the index entry.
25691 \begin_layout Standard
25692 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25693 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25695 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25697 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25704 \begin_layout Standard
25705 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25709 \begin_inset space ~
25713 \begin_inset space ~
25716 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25718 \begin_inset space ~
25724 A light blue box labeled
25725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25736 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25737 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25740 \begin_layout Subsection
25741 Grouping Index Entries
25742 \begin_inset Index idx
25745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25754 \begin_layout Standard
25755 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25757 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25758 lists under the entry
25759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25767 First we create the entry
25768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25776 \begin_inset space ~
25780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25782 reference "sub:Lists"
25787 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25788 \begin_inset space ~
25792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25794 reference "sec:Itemize"
25798 , we insert the command
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25811 \begin_layout Standard
25817 \begin_layout Standard
25818 for the enumerated list in section
25819 \begin_inset space ~
25823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25825 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25832 \begin_layout Standard
25833 The exclamation mark
25834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25841 marks the grouping levels.
25842 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25843 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25844 If we don't have an index entry for
25845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25852 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25855 \begin_layout Subsection
25857 \begin_inset Index idx
25860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25861 Index ! Page ranges
25869 \begin_layout Standard
25870 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25872 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25873 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25875 \begin_inset space ~
25879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25881 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25888 \begin_layout Standard
25891 Paragraph environments|(
25894 \begin_layout Standard
25895 and another entry at the end of section
25896 \begin_inset space ~
25900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25902 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25912 Paragraph environments|)
25915 \begin_layout Standard
25917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25940 respectively start and end the index range.
25941 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25942 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25943 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25944 An example is the index entry
25945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25948 Document ! Settings
25949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25955 \begin_layout Subsection
25957 \begin_inset Index idx
25960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25961 Index ! Cross referencing
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25970 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25971 We referred for example in the index entry
25972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25980 \begin_inset space ~
25984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25986 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25990 ) to the index entry
25991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25998 in the same section using the entry
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26004 GIF|see{Image formats}
26007 \begin_layout Standard
26008 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26009 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26010 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26013 \begin_layout Subsection
26015 \begin_inset Index idx
26018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26019 Index ! Entry order
26027 \begin_layout Standard
26028 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26029 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26030 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26035 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26037 \begin_inset space ~
26041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26043 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26052 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26053 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26078 \begin_inset Index idx
26081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26082 Dummy entries ! maïs
26088 \begin_inset Index idx
26091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26092 Dummy entries ! maître
26098 \begin_inset Index idx
26101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26102 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26107 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26108 order maïs, maison, maître.
26109 To achieve this, we use the command
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26115 previous entry@current entry
26118 \begin_layout Standard
26119 In our case we want to have
26120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26135 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26138 \begin_layout Standard
26144 \begin_layout Standard
26145 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26146 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26151 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26157 \begin_layout Standard
26158 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26163 to generate the index (see sec.
26164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26170 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26179 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26187 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26191 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26192 index commands start with
26193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26205 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26210 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26213 \begin_layout Standard
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26237 \begin_layout Subsection
26239 \begin_inset Index idx
26242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26243 Index ! Entry layout
26251 \begin_layout Standard
26252 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26253 \begin_inset Index idx
26256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26259 This is an italic dummy entry
26264 You can also format the page number using the character
26265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26272 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26273 We can write for example
26276 \begin_layout Standard
26279 italic page number:|textit
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26283 to get the page number in italic.
26284 \begin_inset Index idx
26287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26288 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26293 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26311 \begin_inset space ~
26317 Have a look at section
26318 \begin_inset space ~
26322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26324 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26328 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26331 \begin_layout Standard
26332 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26340 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26344 to generate the index, see sec.
26345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26351 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26360 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26361 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26363 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26366 key "latexcompanion"
26378 \begin_layout Standard
26379 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26381 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26382 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26383 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26384 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26385 If so, put the following in the preamble
26388 \begin_layout Standard
26400 \begin_layout Standard
26404 \begin_layout Standard
26410 \begin_layout Standard
26411 in the index entry.
26412 \begin_inset Index idx
26415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26416 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26421 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26422 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26423 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26427 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26433 \begin_inset space \space{}
26436 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26437 for all index entries.
26438 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26450 documentation for details,
26451 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26453 key "makeindex,xindy"
26460 \begin_layout Subsection
26462 \begin_inset Index idx
26465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26474 name "sub:Index-Program"
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26482 If the index entry program
26486 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26490 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26499 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26500 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26501 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26502 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26503 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26513 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26514 dialog, see section
26515 \begin_inset space ~
26519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26521 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26526 The available options are listed and explained in
26527 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26529 key "makeindex,xindy"
26534 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26538 \begin_layout Standard
26539 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26540 given document, you can define the programm and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26543 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26544 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26545 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26549 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26550 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26553 \begin_layout Subsection
26557 \begin_layout Standard
26558 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26559 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26567 next to the standard index.
26568 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26569 packages that add this feature.
26575 \begin_inset Index idx
26578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26579 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26584 package to generate multiple indexes.
26585 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26586 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26587 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26594 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26595 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26596 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26599 \begin_layout Standard
26600 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26602 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26603 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26604 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26611 Use multiple Indexes
26612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26616 Note that the list of
26617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26624 below already contains the standard index.
26625 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26626 also appear as a heading) to the
26627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26634 input field and press the
26635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26643 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26644 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26645 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26649 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26655 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26656 indexes in the LyX work area.
26659 \begin_layout Standard
26660 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26665 \begin_inset space ~
26669 \begin_inset space ~
26678 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26679 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26680 are some additional features:
26683 \begin_layout Itemize
26684 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26685 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26688 \begin_layout Itemize
26689 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26690 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26699 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26704 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26705 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26706 to the non-subindexes.
26709 \begin_layout Section
26710 Nomenclature / Glossary
26711 \begin_inset Index idx
26714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26721 \begin_inset Index idx
26724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26755 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26762 \begin_layout Standard
26763 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26764 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26768 \begin_layout Standard
26769 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26774 \begin_inset Index idx
26777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26778 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26784 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26785 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26791 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26794 \begin_layout Standard
26795 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26796 and then use the menu
26798 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26804 \begin_inset space ~
26809 or the toolbar button
26810 \begin_inset Graphics
26811 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26829 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26832 \begin_layout Standard
26833 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26834 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26835 The second is the description of the symbol.
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26839 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26847 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26855 \begin_layout Subsection
26856 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26857 \begin_inset Index idx
26860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26861 Nomenclature ! Layout
26869 \begin_layout Standard
26870 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26874 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26880 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26888 \begin_inset Newline newline
26896 \begin_inset Newline newline
26902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26909 character starts/ends the formula.
26910 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26922 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26932 \begin_layout Standard
26933 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26934 \begin_inset space ~
26938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26940 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26947 \begin_layout Standard
26951 \begin_inset space ~
26956 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26957 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26962 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26969 in this document is:
26970 \begin_inset Newline newline
26975 dummy entry for the character
26980 \begin_inset Newline newline
26992 \begin_inset space ~
27002 font use the command
27031 \begin_layout Subsection
27032 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27033 \begin_inset Index idx
27036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27037 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27045 \begin_layout Standard
27046 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27047 the symbol definition.
27048 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27049 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27052 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27053 LatexCommand nomenclature
27055 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27062 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27066 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27067 LatexCommand nomenclature
27070 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27075 They will be sorted by
27076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27102 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27105 will be sorted before the
27109 since the character
27110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27117 is considered in sorting.
27120 \begin_layout Standard
27121 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27124 \begin_inset space ~
27129 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27130 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27132 For the example given, you can insert
27136 in this field for the
27137 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27144 will be located before
27145 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27151 \begin_layout Standard
27152 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27157 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27166 \begin_layout Subsection
27167 Nomenclature Options
27168 \begin_inset Index idx
27171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27172 Nomenclature ! Options
27180 \begin_layout Standard
27185 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27186 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27189 \begin_layout Description
27190 refeq Appends the phrase
27191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27206 to every nomenclature entry, where
27212 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27215 \begin_layout Description
27216 refpage Appends the phrase
27217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27232 to every nomenclature entry, where
27238 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27241 \begin_layout Description
27242 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27245 \begin_layout Standard
27246 There are furthermore the options
27290 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27294 \begin_layout Standard
27295 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27296 class options list in the
27298 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27302 In this document the option
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27310 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27316 \begin_layout Standard
27317 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27318 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27323 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27326 \begin_layout Description
27336 \begin_layout Description
27339 nomrefpage Like the
27346 \begin_layout Description
27349 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27358 \begin_layout Description
27362 \begin_inset space ~
27368 \begin_inset space ~
27373 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27376 \begin_layout Subsection
27377 Printing the Nomenclature
27378 \begin_inset Index idx
27381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27382 Nomenclature ! Printing
27390 \begin_layout Standard
27391 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27395 \begin_inset space ~
27399 \begin_inset space ~
27402 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27406 A light blue box labeled
27407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27418 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27419 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27423 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27432 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27440 For example, in order to change the name to
27444 , add the following line to the preamble:
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27455 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27458 \begin_layout Standard
27459 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27465 \begin_layout Standard
27466 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27467 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27478 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27481 \begin_layout Standard
27484 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27485 \begin_inset space ~
27489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27491 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27496 The default value is 1
27497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27503 \begin_layout Subsection
27504 Nomenclature Program
27505 \begin_inset Index idx
27508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27509 Nomenclature ! Program
27515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27517 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27525 LyX uses the program
27529 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27530 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27535 by adding options, see section
27536 \begin_inset space ~
27540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27542 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27547 The available options are listed and explained in
27548 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27550 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27557 \begin_layout Section
27559 \begin_inset Index idx
27562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27569 \begin_inset Index idx
27572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27573 Document ! Branches
27579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27581 name "sec:Branches"
27588 \begin_layout Standard
27589 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27590 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27591 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27592 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27595 \begin_layout Standard
27596 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27597 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27598 To create a branch, go in the
27600 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27608 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27609 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27612 \begin_layout Standard
27613 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27614 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27619 where you can choose a branch.
27620 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27624 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27625 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27628 \begin_layout Standard
27629 \begin_inset Branch Question
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27633 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27642 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27646 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27654 \begin_layout Standard
27655 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27661 \begin_layout Standard
27662 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27663 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27665 For example you can define for the question branch
27669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27670 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27671 \begin_inset space ~
27675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27677 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27689 \begin_layout Standard
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27710 and for the answer branch
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27733 \begin_layout Standard
27734 \begin_inset Branch Question
27737 \begin_layout Standard
27741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27769 \begin_layout Standard
27770 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27806 Now it is possible to use the commands
27810 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27817 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27820 to obtain conditional output.
27821 Here is an example formula where only the
27828 \begin_inset Formula \[
27829 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27836 \begin_layout Standard
27837 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27845 \begin_layout Section
27847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27849 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27854 \begin_inset Index idx
27857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27866 \begin_layout Standard
27871 dialog allows you in the
27875 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27876 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27881 \begin_inset Index idx
27884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27885 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27898 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27899 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27900 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27902 You can specify in the dialog tab
27906 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27908 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27909 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27913 \begin_layout Standard
27918 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27919 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27920 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27922 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27923 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27925 \begin_inset space ~
27928 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27929 \begin_inset space ~
27932 1 will only display the sections.
27935 \begin_layout Standard
27936 The header information in the dialog tab
27940 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27941 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27946 \begin_inset space \space{}
27949 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27950 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27953 Automatic fill header
27955 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27956 title and author settings.
27959 \begin_layout Standard
27962 Load in fullscreen mode
27964 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27967 \begin_layout Standard
27968 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27969 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27975 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27976 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27985 \begin_layout Section
27986 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27989 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27996 \begin_layout Subsection
27998 \begin_inset Index idx
28001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28010 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28017 \begin_layout Standard
28018 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28019 constructs, but not all.
28020 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28021 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28022 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28023 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28024 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28028 \begin_layout Standard
28029 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28031 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28033 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28035 \begin_inset space ~
28040 or by the toolbar button
28041 \begin_inset Graphics
28042 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28047 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28051 \begin_layout Standard
28052 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28053 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28054 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28061 , you can write the command part
28067 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28071 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28072 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28073 the following example:
28076 \begin_layout Standard
28077 \begin_inset Graphics
28078 filename clipart/ERT.png
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28090 \begin_layout Standard
28091 This is a line with a
28095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28118 \begin_layout Standard
28119 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28127 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28128 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28136 \begin_layout Subsection
28137 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28138 \begin_inset OptArg
28141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28148 \begin_inset Index idx
28151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28160 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28167 \begin_layout Standard
28168 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28169 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28170 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28179 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28180 any time if you know the right commands.
28182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28186 \begin_inset space \space{}
28189 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28191 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28192 all caption labels bold.
28193 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28195 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28199 \begin_layout Standard
28200 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28201 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28202 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28204 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28214 As result you know that the package
28219 \begin_inset Index idx
28222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28223 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28229 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28231 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28237 \begin_layout Standard
28242 usepackage[options]{package name}
28245 \begin_layout Standard
28246 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28247 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28248 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28251 \begin_layout Standard
28252 In your case the package name is
28257 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28262 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28263 So you add the command
28266 \begin_layout Standard
28271 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28275 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28280 For more commands provided by the
28284 package, have a look at its documentation,
28285 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28300 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28302 For example if you use a
28306 class, you don't need the package
28310 , you can instead write
28313 \begin_layout Standard
28318 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28323 \begin_layout Standard
28324 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28325 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28326 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28333 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28336 \begin_layout Standard
28337 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28338 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28340 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28341 the previous section.
28344 \begin_layout Standard
28345 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28347 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28349 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28357 \begin_layout Section
28358 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28361 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28366 \begin_inset Index idx
28369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28376 \begin_inset Index idx
28379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28388 \begin_layout Standard
28389 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28390 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28391 to break your train of thought with
28393 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28400 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28401 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28406 \begin_inset Index idx
28409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28410 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28415 as explained below, and turn on
28418 \begin_inset space ~
28425 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28429 \begin_inset space ~
28433 \begin_inset space ~
28436 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28441 \begin_inset space ~
28446 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28449 \begin_layout Standard
28450 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28452 Previews of an already loaded document are
28456 generated just by selecting the
28459 \begin_inset space ~
28464 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28467 \begin_layout Standard
28468 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28469 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28472 \begin_inset space ~
28477 check box in the insert dialog.
28478 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28482 \begin_layout Standard
28483 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28487 (on some systems named simply
28492 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28494 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28500 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28501 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28509 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28513 \begin_layout Standard
28514 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28521 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28525 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28527 \begin_inset space ~
28532 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28533 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28535 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28536 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28537 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28538 the source view window.
28541 \begin_layout Section
28543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28545 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28550 \begin_inset Index idx
28553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28562 \begin_layout Standard
28563 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28564 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28581 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28587 can be seen as the successor to
28591 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28596 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28597 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28605 \begin_layout Standard
28606 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28607 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28614 \begin_layout Standard
28617 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28620 or the toolbar button
28621 \begin_inset Graphics
28622 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28627 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28628 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28629 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28630 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28631 scrolled so that it is visible.
28636 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28638 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28642 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28643 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28647 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28650 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28654 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28655 will bring an error message.
28656 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28657 specifying a different
28659 Alternative language
28661 in preferences dialog.
28664 \begin_layout Standard
28665 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28668 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28672 \begin_layout Standard
28673 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28674 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28676 But you can use the
28679 \begin_inset space ~
28683 \begin_inset space ~
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28692 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28693 This does work with
28697 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28700 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28704 \begin_layout Standard
28709 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28712 \begin_layout Description
28714 \begin_inset space ~
28717 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28718 should consider, e.
28719 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28723 \begin_inset space \space{}
28726 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28727 This should not normally be needed.
28730 \begin_layout Description
28732 \begin_inset space ~
28735 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28736 the spell checker's default choice
28739 \begin_layout Description
28741 \begin_inset space ~
28745 \begin_inset space ~
28748 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28760 \begin_layout Description
28762 \begin_inset space ~
28766 \begin_inset space ~
28769 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28771 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28778 also for the spellchecker.
28782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28783 The encodings are explained in section
28784 \begin_inset space ~
28788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28790 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28799 Only enable this if you use
28803 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28804 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28805 so this is disabled by default.
28808 \begin_layout Section
28810 \begin_inset Index idx
28813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28822 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28829 \begin_layout Standard
28830 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28831 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28841 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28843 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28852 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28853 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28854 are available for many languages.
28857 \begin_layout Standard
28858 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28862 \begin_layout Subsection
28863 Setting up the thesaurus
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28871 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28876 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28881 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28887 en_EN for English).
28888 For instance, the English files are named:
28891 \begin_layout Itemize
28895 \begin_layout Itemize
28899 \begin_layout Standard
28900 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28901 already on your system.
28902 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28903 \begin_inset Flex URL
28906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28908 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28914 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28919 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28921 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28922 unpack a zip archive.
28925 \begin_layout Standard
28934 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28935 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28937 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28938 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28942 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28945 \begin_layout Subsection
28946 Using the thesaurus
28949 \begin_layout Standard
28950 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28952 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28955 or the toolbar button
28956 \begin_inset Graphics
28957 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28959 rotateOrigin center
28963 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28965 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28967 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28968 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28969 and hyponyms (such as
28977 ), compounds (such as
28981 ) and antonyms (such as
28989 ), which are marked as such.
28992 \begin_layout Standard
28993 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28994 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28998 \begin_layout Standard
28999 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29000 the dictionary, such as the above
29004 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29009 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29010 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29011 For example looking up the word forms
29019 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29024 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29037 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29038 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29039 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29042 \begin_layout Subsection
29043 License of the Thesaurus library
29046 \begin_layout Standard
29051 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29056 as a standalone program.
29057 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29058 The library was released under the
29060 Berkeley Database License
29062 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29063 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29064 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29066 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29069 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29073 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29076 \begin_layout Section
29078 \begin_inset Index idx
29081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29088 \begin_inset Index idx
29091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29092 Document ! Change Tracking
29098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29100 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29107 \begin_layout Standard
29108 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29109 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29110 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29111 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29113 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29115 \begin_inset space ~
29118 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29120 \begin_inset space ~
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29129 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29143 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29144 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29147 \begin_inset space ~
29151 \begin_inset space ~
29161 \begin_inset Index idx
29164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29165 Color ! Change tracking
29170 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29171 the cursor is in changed text.
29172 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29173 \begin_inset Graphics
29174 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29176 rotateOrigin center
29183 \begin_layout Standard
29184 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29185 \begin_inset Index idx
29188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29197 \begin_layout Standard
29198 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29204 \begin_layout Standard
29205 \begin_inset Graphics
29206 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29213 \begin_layout Standard
29214 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29220 \begin_layout Standard
29221 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29226 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29232 \begin_layout Standard
29233 \begin_inset Tabular
29234 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29235 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29236 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29237 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29243 \begin_inset Graphics
29244 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29246 rotateOrigin center
29255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29261 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29263 \begin_inset space ~
29266 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29268 \begin_inset space ~
29277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29282 \begin_inset Graphics
29283 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29284 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29285 rotateOrigin center
29294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29300 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29302 \begin_inset space ~
29305 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29307 \begin_inset space ~
29311 \begin_inset space ~
29315 \begin_inset space ~
29324 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29329 \begin_inset Graphics
29330 filename ../images/change-next.png
29331 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29332 rotateOrigin center
29341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29345 Jumps to the next change
29351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29356 \begin_inset Graphics
29357 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29358 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29359 rotateOrigin center
29368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29374 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29376 \begin_inset space ~
29379 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29381 \begin_inset space ~
29390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29395 \begin_inset Graphics
29396 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29397 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29398 rotateOrigin center
29407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29413 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29415 \begin_inset space ~
29418 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29420 \begin_inset space ~
29429 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29434 \begin_inset Graphics
29435 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29436 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29437 rotateOrigin center
29446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29452 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29454 \begin_inset space ~
29457 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29459 \begin_inset space ~
29468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29473 \begin_inset Graphics
29474 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29476 rotateOrigin center
29485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29493 \begin_inset space ~
29496 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29498 \begin_inset space ~
29502 \begin_inset space ~
29511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29516 \begin_inset Graphics
29517 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29518 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29519 rotateOrigin center
29528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29536 \begin_inset space ~
29539 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29541 \begin_inset space ~
29545 \begin_inset space ~
29554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29559 \begin_inset Graphics
29560 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29561 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29562 rotateOrigin center
29571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29578 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29580 \begin_inset space ~
29589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29594 \begin_inset Graphics
29595 filename ../images/note-next.png
29596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29597 rotateOrigin center
29606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29612 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29614 \begin_inset space ~
29630 \begin_layout Standard
29631 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29637 \begin_layout Standard
29638 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29639 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29640 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29641 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29642 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29643 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29644 step to the next change.
29645 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29648 \begin_layout Standard
29649 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29650 to describe a change.
29653 \begin_layout Standard
29654 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29659 \begin_inset Index idx
29662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29663 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29669 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29670 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29676 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29679 \begin_layout Section
29680 International Support
29681 \begin_inset Index idx
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29685 International support
29693 \begin_layout Standard
29694 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29695 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29696 how to set up LyX to use them:
29697 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29699 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29706 \begin_layout Standard
29707 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29708 \begin_inset space ~
29712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29714 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29721 \begin_layout Subsection
29723 \begin_inset Index idx
29726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29733 \begin_inset Index idx
29736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29737 Document ! Settings
29743 \begin_inset Index idx
29746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29747 Document ! Language
29755 \begin_layout Standard
29758 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29761 dialog lets you set
29763 the language and character encoding for your language.
29767 \begin_layout Standard
29768 Choose your language in the
29772 section of this dialog.
29780 \begin_layout Standard
29785 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29790 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29791 For details about the different encoding options see section
29792 \begin_inset space ~
29796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29798 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29805 \begin_layout Subsection
29806 Keyboard mapping configuration
29807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29809 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29816 \begin_layout Standard
29817 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29818 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29819 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29820 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29821 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29823 \begin_inset space ~
29827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29829 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29834 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29835 which one you want to use.
29838 \begin_layout Standard
29839 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29840 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29841 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29842 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29843 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29844 one to support the characters you want.
29845 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29852 \begin_layout Subsection
29856 \begin_layout Standard
29858 \begin_inset space ~
29862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29864 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29873 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29877 \begin_layout Standard
29878 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29879 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29887 \begin_layout Itemize
29888 Even if you have selected
29894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29897 dialog, users who have only the
29901 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29905 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29906 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29907 french quotes won't show up.
29910 \begin_layout Standard
29911 \begin_inset Float table
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 \begin_inset Caption
29919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29922 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29940 \begin_inset Tabular
29941 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29942 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29948 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29949 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29950 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29958 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29959 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34372 \begin_layout Standard
34373 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34375 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34376 also the characters from
34388 \begin_layout Itemize
34397 \begin_layout Standard
34398 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34399 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34405 \begin_layout Standard
34406 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34407 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34413 \begin_layout Standard
34414 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34415 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34421 \begin_layout Standard
34422 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34423 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34429 \begin_layout Standard
34431 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34437 \begin_layout Standard
34439 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34445 \begin_layout Standard
34447 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34454 \begin_layout Itemize
34467 \begin_layout Standard
34469 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34475 \begin_layout Standard
34477 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34483 \begin_layout Standard
34485 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34491 \begin_layout Standard
34493 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34499 \begin_layout Standard
34501 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34509 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34516 \begin_layout Standard
34517 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34518 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34519 Also make sure you're using the
34526 \begin_layout Chapter
34529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34531 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34538 \begin_layout Standard
34539 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34540 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34541 topic inside the user's guide.
34544 \begin_layout Section
34546 \begin_inset Index idx
34549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34558 \begin_layout Standard
34563 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34564 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34567 \begin_layout Subsection
34571 \begin_layout Standard
34572 Creates a new document.
34575 \begin_layout Subsection
34579 \begin_layout Standard
34580 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34581 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34582 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34585 \begin_layout Subsection
34589 \begin_layout Standard
34593 \begin_layout Subsection
34597 \begin_layout Standard
34598 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34599 Click there on a file to open it.
34602 \begin_layout Subsection
34606 \begin_layout Standard
34607 Closes the current document.
34610 \begin_layout Subsection
34614 \begin_layout Standard
34615 Closes all opened documents.
34618 \begin_layout Subsection
34622 \begin_layout Standard
34623 Saves the actual document.
34626 \begin_layout Subsection
34630 \begin_layout Standard
34631 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34634 \begin_layout Subsection
34638 \begin_layout Standard
34639 Saves all opened documents.
34642 \begin_layout Subsection
34646 \begin_layout Standard
34647 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34650 \begin_layout Subsection
34654 \begin_layout Standard
34655 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34656 It is described in the section
34658 Version Control in LyX
34662 Additional Features
34667 \begin_layout Subsection
34671 \begin_layout Standard
34672 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34673 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34674 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34675 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34678 \begin_layout Standard
34679 When using the menu entry
34682 \begin_inset space ~
34687 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34691 \begin_inset space ~
34695 \begin_inset space ~
34700 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34701 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34704 \begin_layout Subsection
34706 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34715 \begin_layout Standard
34716 You can export your document to various file formats.
34717 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34718 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34719 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34722 \begin_layout Standard
34723 Here is a list of all available entries
34724 \change_deleted 1 1262887786
34725 ; they are explained in detail in section
34726 \begin_inset space ~
34730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34732 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34737 \change_inserted 1 1262887786
34743 \begin_layout Description
34747 \begin_inset space ~
34752 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34754 \change_deleted 1 1262887560
34756 \change_inserted 1 1262887561
34758 \begin_inset Newline newline
34764 \change_deleted 1 1262887562
34767 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34768 \change_deleted 1 1262887564
34774 \begin_layout Description
34780 \change_inserted 1 1262887797
34782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34783 LatexCommand prettyref
34784 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34793 \begin_layout Description
34795 \change_inserted 1 1262887568
34797 \begin_inset Newline newline
34801 \change_deleted 1 1262887572
34803 \change_inserted 1 1262887573
34807 \change_inserted 1 1262887602
34809 \change_deleted 1 1262887603
34813 \change_inserted 1 1262887606
34815 \change_deleted 1 1262887609
34819 \change_inserted 1 1262887612
34822 a third-party product and
34823 \change_inserted 1 1262887674
34825 \change_deleted 1 1262887617
34829 \change_inserted 1 1262887618
34831 \change_deleted 1 1262887618
34837 \begin_layout Description
34839 \begin_inset space ~
34843 \begin_inset space ~
34846 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34850 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34858 \begin_layout Description
34865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34873 \begin_inset space ~
34878 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34879 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34883 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34886 \begin_layout Description
34893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34901 \begin_inset space ~
34906 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34907 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34915 \begin_layout Description
34917 \begin_inset space ~
34920 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34928 is replaced by the version number)
34929 \change_inserted 1 1262887695
34933 \begin_layout Description
34935 \change_inserted 1 1262887844
34936 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine (see
34937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34938 LatexCommand prettyref
34939 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34948 \begin_layout Description
34949 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34962 \change_inserted 1 1262887646
34964 \begin_inset Newline newline
34968 \change_deleted 1 1262887649
34970 \change_inserted 1 1262887649
34974 \change_inserted 1 1262887652
34976 \change_deleted 1 1262887652
34980 \change_inserted 1 1262887656
34982 \change_deleted 1 1262887654
34986 \change_inserted 1 1262887659
34989 a third-party product and
34990 \change_inserted 1 1262887665
34992 \change_deleted 1 1262887667
34996 \change_inserted 1 1262887669
34998 \change_deleted 1 1262887670
35004 \begin_layout Description
35008 \begin_inset space ~
35013 PDF-format using the program
35016 \change_inserted 1 1262887911
35020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35021 LatexCommand prettyref
35022 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35031 \begin_layout Description
35035 \begin_inset space ~
35040 PDF-format using the program
35043 \change_inserted 1 1262887913
35047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35048 LatexCommand prettyref
35049 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35058 \begin_layout Description
35062 \begin_inset space ~
35067 PDF-format using the program
35070 \change_inserted 1 1262887914
35074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35075 LatexCommand prettyref
35076 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35085 \begin_layout Description
35089 \begin_inset space ~
35097 \begin_layout Description
35101 \begin_inset space ~
35105 \begin_inset space ~
35110 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35111 and then exported as text using the program
35116 \begin_layout Description
35121 PostScript format using the program
35124 \change_inserted 1 1262887921
35128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35129 LatexCommand prettyref
35130 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35139 \begin_layout Description
35147 \begin_layout Standard
35152 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35153 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35159 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35162 \begin_layout Standard
35163 If one of the menu entries
35170 \begin_inset space ~
35179 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35180 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35181 \begin_inset space ~
35185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35187 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35192 \begin_inset Index idx
35195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35196 Reconfiguration of LyX
35204 \begin_layout Standard
35209 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35210 the export program.
35213 \begin_layout Subsection
35217 \begin_layout Standard
35218 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35219 format or send it to a printer.
35220 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35221 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35227 For more information have a look at section
35228 \begin_inset space ~
35232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35234 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35241 \begin_layout Subsection
35245 \begin_layout Standard
35246 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35247 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35248 prefix, see section
35249 \begin_inset space ~
35253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35255 reference "sec:Paths"
35260 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35269 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35270 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35271 \begin_inset space ~
35275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35277 reference "sub:Converters"
35284 \begin_layout Subsection
35285 New and Close Window
35288 \begin_layout Standard
35289 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35292 \begin_layout Subsection
35296 \begin_layout Standard
35297 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35300 \begin_layout Section
35302 \begin_inset Index idx
35305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35314 \begin_layout Subsection
35318 \begin_layout Standard
35319 Described in section
35320 \begin_inset space ~
35324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35326 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35333 \begin_layout Subsection
35334 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35337 \begin_layout Standard
35338 Described in section
35339 \begin_inset space ~
35343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35345 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35352 \begin_layout Subsection
35356 \begin_layout Standard
35357 Selects the whole document.
35360 \begin_layout Subsection
35364 \begin_layout Standard
35365 Described in section
35366 \begin_inset space ~
35370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35372 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35379 \begin_layout Subsection
35380 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35383 \begin_layout Standard
35384 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35388 \begin_layout Subsection
35392 \begin_layout Standard
35393 Described in section
35394 \begin_inset space ~
35398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35400 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35407 \begin_layout Subsection
35409 \begin_inset Index idx
35412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35413 Paragraph ! Settings
35421 \begin_layout Standard
35422 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35423 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35426 \begin_layout Standard
35427 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35428 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35430 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35436 \begin_inset space ~
35444 \begin_layout Subsection
35445 Table Settings and Math
35448 \begin_layout Standard
35449 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35451 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35452 The properties of tables are described in section
35453 \begin_inset space ~
35457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35459 reference "sec:Tables"
35463 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35464 \begin_inset space ~
35468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35470 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35477 \begin_layout Subsection
35478 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35481 \begin_layout Standard
35482 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35483 that can be nested.
35484 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35485 \begin_inset space ~
35489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35491 reference "sec:Nesting"
35496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35498 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35505 \begin_layout Section
35507 \begin_inset Index idx
35510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35519 \begin_layout Standard
35524 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35525 document with an external program.
35526 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35527 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35528 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35529 \begin_inset space ~
35533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35535 reference "sub:Export"
35540 You should at least see the menu entries
35547 \begin_inset space ~
35553 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35554 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35555 \begin_inset space ~
35559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35561 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35566 \begin_inset Index idx
35569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35570 Reconfiguration of LyX
35578 \begin_layout Standard
35579 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35580 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35581 \begin_inset space ~
35585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35587 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35592 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35595 \begin_layout Standard
35596 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35599 At the bottom of the
35603 menu the opened documents are listed.
35606 \begin_layout Subsection
35607 Open/Close all Insets
35610 \begin_layout Standard
35611 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35614 \begin_layout Subsection
35615 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35618 \begin_layout Standard
35619 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35622 \begin_layout Standard
35623 Math macros are described in the
35630 \begin_layout Subsection
35634 \begin_layout Standard
35635 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35637 \begin_inset space ~
35641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35643 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35650 \begin_layout Subsection
35654 \begin_layout Standard
35655 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35656 opening a new view window.
35659 \begin_layout Subsection
35663 \begin_layout Standard
35664 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35665 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35666 view the same document, but at different positions.
35667 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35668 or more documents at the same time.
35669 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35676 \begin_layout Subsection
35680 \begin_layout Standard
35681 Closes a split view.
35684 \begin_layout Subsection
35688 \begin_layout Standard
35689 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35690 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35691 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35692 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35693 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35696 \begin_layout Subsection
35698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35700 name "sub:Toolbars"
35705 \begin_inset Index idx
35708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35717 \begin_layout Standard
35718 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35719 All toolbars and the
35722 \begin_inset space ~
35727 can be turned on and off.
35732 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35744 \begin_inset space ~
35753 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35757 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35764 \begin_layout Standard
35769 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35773 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35774 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35775 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35776 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35777 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35780 \begin_layout Standard
35781 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35782 \begin_inset space ~
35786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35788 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35795 \begin_layout Section
35797 \begin_inset Index idx
35800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35809 \begin_layout Subsection
35813 \begin_layout Standard
35814 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35815 \begin_inset space ~
35819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35821 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35832 \begin_layout Subsection
35834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35836 name "sub:Special-Character"
35843 \begin_layout Standard
35844 Here you can insert the following characters:
35847 \begin_layout Description
35848 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35849 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35850 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35851 \begin_inset Newline newline
35855 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35863 Not all characters will be visible in the
35867 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35875 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35879 ) can display every character.
35887 \begin_layout Description
35888 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35892 \begin_layout Description
35894 \begin_inset space ~
35898 \begin_inset space ~
35901 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35902 \begin_inset space ~
35906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35908 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35915 \begin_layout Description
35917 \begin_inset space ~
35920 Quote Inserts this quote:
35921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35924 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35926 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35936 \begin_layout Description
35938 \begin_inset space ~
35941 Quote Inserts this quote:
35942 \begin_inset Quotes els
35948 \begin_layout Description
35950 \begin_inset space ~
35953 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35957 \begin_layout Description
35959 \begin_inset space ~
35962 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35966 \begin_layout Description
35968 \begin_inset space ~
35971 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35975 \begin_layout Description
35977 \begin_inset space ~
35981 \begin_inset Index idx
35984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35991 \begin_inset Index idx
35994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35995 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36000 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36001 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36002 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36007 \begin_inset Index idx
36010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36011 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36017 \begin_inset Newline newline
36020 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36024 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36032 and this Wiki-page:
36033 \begin_inset Newline newline
36037 \begin_inset Flex URL
36040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36042 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36050 \begin_layout Subsection
36054 \begin_layout Standard
36055 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36058 \begin_layout Description
36059 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36060 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36066 \begin_layout Description
36067 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36068 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36074 \begin_layout Description
36076 \begin_inset space ~
36079 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36080 \begin_inset space ~
36084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36086 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36093 \begin_layout Description
36095 \begin_inset space ~
36098 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36099 \begin_inset space ~
36103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36105 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36112 \begin_layout Description
36114 \begin_inset space ~
36117 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36118 \begin_inset space ~
36122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36124 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36131 \begin_layout Description
36133 \begin_inset space ~
36136 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36137 \begin_inset space ~
36141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36143 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36150 \begin_layout Description
36152 \begin_inset space ~
36155 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36156 \begin_inset space ~
36160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36162 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36169 \begin_layout Description
36171 \begin_inset space ~
36174 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36175 \begin_inset space ~
36179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36181 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36188 \begin_layout Description
36190 \begin_inset space ~
36193 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36194 \begin_inset space ~
36198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36200 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36207 \begin_layout Description
36209 \begin_inset space ~
36212 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36213 \begin_inset space ~
36217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36219 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36226 \begin_layout Description
36228 \begin_inset space ~
36232 \begin_inset space ~
36235 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36236 \begin_inset space ~
36240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36242 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36249 \begin_layout Description
36251 \begin_inset space ~
36254 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36255 text line to the page border, see section
36256 \begin_inset space ~
36260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36262 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36269 \begin_layout Description
36271 \begin_inset space ~
36274 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36275 \begin_inset space ~
36279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36281 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36288 \begin_layout Description
36290 \begin_inset space ~
36293 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36294 text page to the page border, described in section
36295 \begin_inset space ~
36299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36301 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36308 \begin_layout Description
36310 \begin_inset space ~
36313 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36314 \begin_inset space ~
36318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36320 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36327 \begin_layout Description
36329 \begin_inset space ~
36333 \begin_inset space ~
36336 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36337 \begin_inset space ~
36341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36343 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36350 \begin_layout Subsection
36354 \begin_layout Standard
36355 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36356 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36358 \begin_inset space ~
36362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36364 reference "sec:toc"
36369 The index list is described in section
36370 \begin_inset space ~
36374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36376 reference "sec:Index"
36380 , the nomenclature in section
36381 \begin_inset space ~
36385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36387 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36391 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36392 \begin_inset space ~
36396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36398 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36405 \begin_layout Subsection
36409 \begin_layout Standard
36410 To insert floats, described in section
36411 \begin_inset space ~
36415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36417 reference "sec:Floats"
36424 \begin_layout Subsection
36428 \begin_layout Standard
36429 To insert notes, described in section
36430 \begin_inset space ~
36434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36436 reference "sec:Notes"
36443 \begin_layout Subsection
36447 \begin_layout Standard
36448 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36449 \begin_inset space ~
36453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36455 reference "sec:Branches"
36462 \begin_layout Subsection
36466 \begin_layout Standard
36467 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36468 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36470 An example is the document class
36471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36478 with three custom insets.
36481 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36487 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36490 \begin_layout Subsection
36492 \begin_inset Index idx
36495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36504 \begin_layout Standard
36505 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36506 files in your document.
36507 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36518 \begin_layout Subsection
36520 \begin_inset Index idx
36523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36532 \begin_layout Standard
36533 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36534 \begin_inset space ~
36538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36540 reference "sec:Minipages"
36545 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36556 \begin_layout Subsection
36560 \begin_layout Standard
36561 Inserts a citation as described in section
36562 \begin_inset space ~
36566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36568 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36575 \begin_layout Subsection
36579 \begin_layout Standard
36580 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36581 \begin_inset space ~
36585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36587 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36594 \begin_layout Subsection
36598 \begin_layout Standard
36599 Inserts a label as described in section
36600 \begin_inset space ~
36604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36606 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36613 \begin_layout Subsection
36615 \begin_inset Index idx
36618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36625 \begin_inset Index idx
36628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36629 Longtables ! Caption
36637 \begin_layout Standard
36638 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36639 Floats are described in section
36640 \begin_inset space ~
36644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36646 reference "sec:Floats"
36650 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36661 \begin_layout Subsection
36665 \begin_layout Standard
36666 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36667 \begin_inset space ~
36671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36673 reference "sec:Index"
36680 \begin_layout Subsection
36684 \begin_layout Standard
36685 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36686 \begin_inset space ~
36690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36692 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36699 \begin_layout Subsection
36703 \begin_layout Standard
36705 Tables are described in section
36706 \begin_inset space ~
36710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36712 reference "sec:Tables"
36719 \begin_layout Subsection
36723 \begin_layout Standard
36725 Graphics are described in section
36726 \begin_inset space ~
36730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36732 reference "sec:Graphics"
36739 \begin_layout Subsection
36743 \begin_layout Standard
36744 Inserts an URL as described in section
36745 \begin_inset space ~
36749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36751 reference "sub:URLs"
36758 \begin_layout Subsection
36762 \begin_layout Standard
36763 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36764 \begin_inset space ~
36768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36770 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36777 \begin_layout Subsection
36781 \begin_layout Standard
36782 Inserts a footnote, see section
36783 \begin_inset space ~
36787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36789 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36796 \begin_layout Subsection
36800 \begin_layout Standard
36801 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36802 \begin_inset space ~
36806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36808 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36815 \begin_layout Subsection
36819 \begin_layout Standard
36820 Inserts a short title, see section
36821 \begin_inset space ~
36825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36827 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36834 \begin_layout Subsection
36838 \begin_layout Standard
36839 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36840 \begin_inset space ~
36844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36846 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36853 \begin_layout Subsection
36855 \begin_inset Index idx
36858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36867 \begin_layout Standard
36868 Inserts a program listings box.
36869 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36871 Program Code Listings
36880 \begin_layout Subsection
36884 \begin_layout Standard
36885 Inserts the actual date.
36886 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36888 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36900 \begin_layout Section
36902 \begin_inset Index idx
36905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36914 \begin_layout Standard
36915 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36916 \begin_inset space ~
36919 of the current document.
36920 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36923 \begin_layout Subsection
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36928 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36929 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36935 \begin_inset space \space{}
36939 \begin_inset space ~
36943 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36944 \begin_inset space ~
36947 2.5 and use the menu
36950 \begin_inset space ~
36954 \begin_inset space ~
36961 \begin_inset space ~
36967 \begin_inset space ~
36971 \begin_inset space ~
36977 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36981 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36987 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36993 \begin_layout Standard
36994 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36995 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36998 \begin_layout Subsection
36999 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37002 \begin_layout Standard
37003 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37007 \begin_layout Subsection
37011 \begin_layout Standard
37012 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37013 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37014 on a cross-reference box.
37017 \begin_layout Section
37019 \begin_inset Index idx
37022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37031 \begin_layout Subsection
37035 \begin_layout Standard
37036 Change Tracking is described in section
37037 \begin_inset space ~
37041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37043 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37050 \begin_layout Subsection
37055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37065 \begin_layout Standard
37066 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37068 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37071 \begin_layout Standard
37072 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37077 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37080 \begin_layout Subsection
37084 \begin_layout Standard
37085 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37086 \begin_inset space ~
37090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37092 reference "sec:Navigating"
37097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37099 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37106 \begin_layout Subsection
37107 Start Appendix Here
37110 \begin_layout Standard
37111 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37112 position as described in section
37113 \begin_inset space ~
37117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37119 reference "sec:Appendices"
37126 \begin_layout Subsection
37130 \begin_layout Standard
37131 Un/compresses the current document.
37134 \begin_layout Subsection
37138 \begin_layout Standard
37139 The document settings are described in appendix
37140 \begin_inset space ~
37144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37146 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37153 \begin_layout Section
37155 \begin_inset Index idx
37158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37167 \begin_layout Subsection
37171 \begin_layout Standard
37172 Spell checking is explained in section
37173 \begin_inset space ~
37177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37179 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37186 \begin_layout Subsection
37190 \begin_layout Standard
37191 The thesaurus is described in section
37192 \begin_inset space ~
37196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37198 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37205 \begin_layout Subsection
37207 \begin_inset Index idx
37210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37217 \begin_inset Index idx
37220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37229 \begin_layout Standard
37230 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37231 highlighted document part.
37234 \begin_layout Subsection
37236 \begin_inset Index idx
37239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37248 \begin_layout Standard
37249 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37252 \begin_layout Subsection
37254 \begin_inset Index idx
37257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37258 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37269 Reconfiguration of LyX
37273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37286 \begin_inset Index idx
37289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37290 Reconfiguration of LyX
37298 \begin_layout Standard
37299 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37300 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37301 \begin_inset space ~
37305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37307 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37314 \begin_layout Subsection
37318 \begin_layout Standard
37319 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37326 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37333 \begin_layout Section
37335 \begin_inset Index idx
37338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37347 \begin_layout Standard
37348 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37352 \begin_layout Standard
37356 \begin_inset space ~
37361 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37362 found by LyX (see also section
37363 \begin_inset space ~
37367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37369 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37376 \begin_layout Section
37378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37380 name "sec:Toolbars"
37387 \begin_layout Standard
37388 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37389 \begin_inset space ~
37393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37395 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37402 \begin_layout Standard
37403 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37404 This is described in the
37406 Additional Features
37411 \begin_layout Subsection
37413 \begin_inset Index idx
37416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37425 \begin_layout Standard
37426 \begin_inset Graphics
37427 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37435 \begin_layout Standard
37436 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37442 \begin_layout Standard
37443 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37460 \begin_inset Note Note
37463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37464 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37469 manual for more information.
37477 \begin_layout Standard
37478 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37484 \begin_layout Standard
37485 \begin_inset Tabular
37486 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37487 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37489 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37495 \begin_inset Graphics
37496 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37510 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37523 \begin_layout Standard
37524 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37530 \begin_layout Standard
37532 \begin_inset Tabular
37533 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37534 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37535 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37536 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 \begin_inset Graphics
37545 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37561 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37573 \begin_inset Graphics
37574 filename ../images/file-open.png
37575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37590 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37597 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37602 \begin_inset Graphics
37603 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37604 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37619 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37626 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37631 \begin_inset Graphics
37632 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37633 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37648 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37660 \begin_inset Graphics
37661 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37662 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37677 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37684 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37689 \begin_inset Graphics
37690 filename ../images/undo.png
37691 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37706 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37718 \begin_inset Graphics
37719 filename ../images/redo.png
37720 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37735 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37742 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37747 \begin_inset Graphics
37748 filename ../images/cut.png
37749 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37764 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37776 \begin_inset Graphics
37777 filename ../images/copy.png
37778 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37793 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37800 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37805 \begin_inset Graphics
37806 filename ../images/paste.png
37807 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37822 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37834 \begin_inset Graphics
37835 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37836 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37837 rotateOrigin center
37846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37852 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37858 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37872 \begin_inset Graphics
37873 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37875 rotateOrigin center
37884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37890 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37891 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37898 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37903 \begin_inset Graphics
37904 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37905 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37918 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37920 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37922 \begin_inset space ~
37933 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 \begin_inset Graphics
37939 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37940 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37953 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37955 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37957 \begin_inset space ~
37968 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37973 \begin_inset Graphics
37974 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37975 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37988 Formats text using the current settings in the
37990 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37992 \begin_inset space ~
38003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38008 \begin_inset Graphics
38009 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38010 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38026 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38028 \begin_inset space ~
38037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38042 \begin_inset Graphics
38043 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38044 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38045 rotateOrigin center
38054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38067 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38072 \begin_inset Graphics
38073 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38074 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38075 rotateOrigin center
38084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38090 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38097 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38102 \begin_inset Graphics
38103 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38104 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38105 rotateOrigin center
38114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38118 Toggle outline window on/off,
38120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38132 \begin_inset Graphics
38133 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38134 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38135 rotateOrigin center
38144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38148 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38159 \begin_inset Graphics
38160 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38161 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38162 rotateOrigin center
38171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38175 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38188 \begin_layout Subsection
38190 \begin_inset Index idx
38193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38202 \begin_layout Standard
38203 \begin_inset Graphics
38204 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38212 \begin_layout Standard
38213 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38219 \begin_layout Standard
38220 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38224 \begin_layout Standard
38225 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38231 \begin_layout Standard
38232 \begin_inset Tabular
38233 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38234 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38235 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38236 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38237 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38242 \begin_inset Graphics
38243 filename ../images/layout.png
38244 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38245 rotateOrigin center
38254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38264 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38269 \begin_inset Graphics
38270 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38271 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38272 rotateOrigin center
38281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38296 \begin_inset Graphics
38297 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38298 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38299 rotateOrigin center
38308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38318 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38323 \begin_inset Graphics
38324 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38325 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38326 rotateOrigin center
38335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38350 \begin_inset Graphics
38351 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38352 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38353 rotateOrigin center
38362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38377 \begin_inset Graphics
38378 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38379 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38380 rotateOrigin center
38389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38395 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38397 \begin_inset space ~
38401 \begin_inset space ~
38410 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38415 \begin_inset Graphics
38416 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38417 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38418 rotateOrigin center
38427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38433 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38435 \begin_inset space ~
38439 \begin_inset space ~
38448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38453 \begin_inset Graphics
38454 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38455 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38470 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38471 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38483 \begin_inset Graphics
38484 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38485 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38501 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38513 \begin_inset Graphics
38514 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38542 \begin_inset Graphics
38543 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38544 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38571 \begin_inset Graphics
38572 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38595 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38600 \begin_inset Graphics
38601 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38617 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38619 \begin_inset space ~
38628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38633 \begin_inset Graphics
38634 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38635 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38650 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38652 \begin_inset space ~
38661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38666 \begin_inset Graphics
38667 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38668 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38683 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38690 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38695 \begin_inset Graphics
38696 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38697 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38698 rotateOrigin center
38707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38715 \begin_inset space ~
38724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38729 \begin_inset Graphics
38730 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38746 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38747 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38749 \begin_inset space ~
38758 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38763 \begin_inset Graphics
38764 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38765 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38792 \begin_inset Graphics
38793 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38816 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38821 \begin_inset Graphics
38822 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38823 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38860 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38865 \begin_inset Graphics
38866 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38867 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38883 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38890 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38895 \begin_inset Graphics
38896 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38897 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38913 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38915 \begin_inset space ~
38924 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38929 \begin_inset Graphics
38930 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38931 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38932 rotateOrigin center
38941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38947 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38949 \begin_inset space ~
38958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38963 \begin_inset Graphics
38964 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38965 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38966 rotateOrigin center
38975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38981 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38983 \begin_inset space ~
38992 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38997 \begin_inset Graphics
38998 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38999 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39000 rotateOrigin center
39009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39015 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39029 \begin_layout Subsection
39030 View / Update Toolbar
39031 \begin_inset Index idx
39034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39035 Toolbar ! View / Update
39043 \begin_layout Standard
39044 \begin_inset Graphics
39045 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39052 \begin_layout Standard
39053 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39059 \begin_layout Standard
39060 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39064 \begin_layout Standard
39065 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39071 \begin_layout Standard
39072 \begin_inset Tabular
39073 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39074 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39075 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39076 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39082 \begin_inset Graphics
39083 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39084 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39085 rotateOrigin center
39094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39100 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39112 \begin_inset Graphics
39113 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39114 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39115 rotateOrigin center
39124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39130 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39131 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39138 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39143 \begin_inset Graphics
39144 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39145 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39146 rotateOrigin center
39155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39161 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39173 \begin_inset Graphics
39174 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39176 rotateOrigin center
39185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39191 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39192 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39199 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39204 \begin_inset Graphics
39205 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39206 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39207 rotateOrigin center
39216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39222 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39229 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39234 \begin_inset Graphics
39235 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39236 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39237 rotateOrigin center
39246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39252 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39253 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39267 \begin_layout Subsection
39271 \begin_layout Standard
39272 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39273 \begin_inset space ~
39277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39279 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39283 , the table toolbar
39284 \begin_inset Index idx
39287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39297 manual, the math macro toolbar
39298 \begin_inset Index idx
39301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39314 \begin_layout Chapter
39315 The Document Settings
39316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39318 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39323 \begin_inset Index idx
39326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39327 Document ! Settings
39335 \begin_layout Standard
39336 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39337 whole document and is called with the menu
39339 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39343 You can save your document settings as default with th
39345 e Save as Document Defaults
39347 button in the dialog.
39348 This will create a template name
39356 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39360 \begin_layout Standard
39361 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39364 \begin_layout Section
39368 \begin_layout Standard
39369 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39371 Document classes are described in section
39372 \begin_inset space ~
39376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39378 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39383 Some classes use some class options by default.
39384 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39388 and you can decide to use them or not.
39389 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39390 recommended not to touch them.
39391 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39397 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39398 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39404 When you want one of the following drivers
39405 \begin_inset Newline newline
39408 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39409 \begin_inset Newline newline
39412 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39417 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39419 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39431 \begin_layout Standard
39432 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39433 child or subdocument.
39434 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39435 without its master.
39436 This way child documents are always compilable.
39437 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39448 \begin_layout Section
39452 \begin_layout Standard
39453 Modules are explained in section
39454 \begin_inset space ~
39458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39460 reference "sub:Modules"
39467 \begin_layout Section
39471 \begin_layout Standard
39472 The document font settings are described in section
39473 \begin_inset space ~
39477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39479 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39486 \begin_layout Section
39490 \begin_layout Standard
39491 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39493 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39497 \begin_layout Standard
39498 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39499 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39500 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39503 \begin_layout Standard
39504 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39512 \begin_layout Section
39516 \begin_layout Standard
39517 A description of this menu is given in section
39518 \begin_inset space ~
39522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39524 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39531 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39538 \begin_layout Section
39542 \begin_layout Standard
39543 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39544 \begin_inset space ~
39548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39550 reference "sub:Margins"
39557 \begin_layout Section
39559 \begin_inset Index idx
39562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39563 Language ! Encoding
39571 \begin_layout Standard
39572 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39573 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39574 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39575 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39576 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39577 known for a particular character).
39581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39582 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39583 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39588 manual for details.
39596 \begin_layout Standard
39597 If you use the option
39601 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39602 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39603 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39604 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39605 exactly one encoding.
39606 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39615 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39616 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39618 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39619 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39633 \begin_layout Standard
39634 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39635 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39636 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39637 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39638 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39639 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39644 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39645 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39646 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39649 \begin_layout Standard
39650 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39653 \begin_layout Description
39655 \begin_inset space ~
39659 \begin_inset space ~
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39670 , but the LaTeX-package
39675 \begin_inset Index idx
39678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39679 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39685 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39686 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39687 languages in TeX code.
39690 \begin_layout Description
39691 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39692 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39693 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39696 \begin_layout Description
39698 \begin_inset space ~
39702 \begin_inset space ~
39705 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39708 \begin_layout Description
39710 \begin_inset space ~
39714 \begin_inset space ~
39717 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39720 \begin_layout Description
39722 \begin_inset space ~
39725 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39728 \begin_layout Description
39730 \begin_inset space ~
39734 \begin_inset space ~
39737 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39738 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39741 \begin_layout Description
39743 \begin_inset space ~
39747 \begin_inset space ~
39750 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39754 \begin_layout Description
39756 \begin_inset space ~
39760 \begin_inset space ~
39763 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39764 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39767 \begin_layout Description
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39773 \begin_inset space ~
39777 \begin_inset space ~
39780 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39781 \begin_inset space ~
39787 \begin_layout Description
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39800 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39801 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39804 \begin_layout Description
39806 \begin_inset space ~
39810 \begin_inset space ~
39813 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39814 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39815 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39820 \begin_inset space ~
39826 \begin_layout Description
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39832 \begin_inset space ~
39835 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39836 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39837 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39838 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39843 \begin_inset space ~
39849 \begin_layout Description
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39858 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39861 \begin_layout Description
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39867 \begin_inset space ~
39870 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39873 \begin_layout Description
39875 \begin_inset space ~
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39882 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39885 \begin_layout Description
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39890 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39893 \begin_layout Description
39895 \begin_inset space ~
39898 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39901 \begin_layout Description
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39907 \begin_inset space ~
39910 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39913 \begin_layout Description
39915 \begin_inset space ~
39919 \begin_inset space ~
39925 \begin_layout Description
39927 \begin_inset space ~
39931 \begin_inset space ~
39934 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39937 \begin_layout Description
39939 \begin_inset space ~
39943 \begin_inset space ~
39949 \begin_layout Description
39951 \begin_inset space ~
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39958 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39963 \begin_inset Index idx
39966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39967 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39972 , when using this, set the document language to
39977 \begin_layout Description
39979 \begin_inset space ~
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39986 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39990 , when using this, set the document language to
39995 \begin_layout Description
39997 \begin_inset space ~
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40004 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40009 \begin_inset Index idx
40012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40013 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40018 , when using this, set the document language to
40023 \begin_layout Description
40025 \begin_inset space ~
40029 \begin_inset space ~
40032 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40036 , when using this, set the document language to
40041 \begin_layout Description
40043 \begin_inset space ~
40047 \begin_inset space ~
40050 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40054 , when using this, set the document language to
40059 \begin_layout Description
40061 \begin_inset space ~
40064 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40067 \begin_layout Description
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40073 \begin_inset space ~
40077 \begin_inset space ~
40080 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40083 \begin_layout Description
40085 \begin_inset space ~
40089 \begin_inset space ~
40093 \begin_inset space ~
40096 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40097 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40098 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40101 \begin_layout Description
40103 \begin_inset space ~
40107 \begin_inset space ~
40113 \begin_layout Description
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40119 \begin_inset space ~
40122 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40123 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40126 \begin_layout Description
40128 \begin_inset space ~
40132 \begin_inset space ~
40135 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40140 \begin_inset Index idx
40143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40144 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40149 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40152 \begin_layout Description
40154 \begin_inset space ~
40158 \begin_inset space ~
40161 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40165 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40174 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40175 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40189 \begin_layout Description
40191 \begin_inset space ~
40195 \begin_inset space ~
40198 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40203 \begin_inset Index idx
40206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40207 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40212 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40215 \begin_layout Description
40217 \begin_inset space ~
40220 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40225 \begin_inset Index idx
40228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40229 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40235 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40239 \begin_layout Description
40241 \begin_inset space ~
40245 \begin_inset space ~
40249 \begin_inset space ~
40252 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40253 \begin_inset space ~
40259 \begin_layout Description
40261 \begin_inset space ~
40265 \begin_inset space ~
40269 \begin_inset space ~
40272 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40273 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40274 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40278 \begin_layout Description
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40288 \begin_inset space ~
40291 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40292 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40295 \begin_layout Section
40299 \begin_layout Standard
40300 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40301 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40302 \begin_inset space ~
40306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40308 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40315 \begin_layout Section
40319 \begin_layout Standard
40320 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40325 \begin_inset Index idx
40328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40329 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40339 \begin_inset Index idx
40342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40343 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40348 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40353 \begin_inset Index idx
40356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40357 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40362 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40364 For a further description see section
40365 \begin_inset space ~
40369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40371 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40378 \begin_layout Section
40382 \begin_layout Standard
40383 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40384 and you can define additional indexes.
40385 Please refer to section
40386 \begin_inset space ~
40390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40392 reference "sec:Index"
40399 \begin_layout Section
40403 \begin_layout Standard
40404 The PDF properties are explained in section
40405 \begin_inset space ~
40409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40411 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40418 \begin_layout Section
40422 \begin_layout Standard
40423 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40428 \begin_inset Index idx
40431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40432 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40442 \begin_inset Index idx
40445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40446 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40451 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40454 \begin_layout Standard
40459 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40460 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40463 \begin_layout Standard
40468 is used for special integral characters.
40471 \begin_layout Section
40475 \begin_layout Standard
40476 The float placement options are described in section
40477 \begin_inset space ~
40481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40483 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40490 \begin_layout Section
40494 \begin_layout Standard
40495 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40496 The itemize environment is described in section
40497 \begin_inset space ~
40501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40503 reference "sec:Itemize"
40510 \begin_layout Section
40514 \begin_layout Standard
40515 Branches are described in section
40516 \begin_inset space ~
40520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40522 reference "sec:Branches"
40529 \begin_layout Section
40534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40544 \begin_layout Standard
40545 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40546 to define LaTeX-commands.
40547 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40548 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40552 \begin_layout Standard
40553 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40554 \begin_inset space ~
40558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40560 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40567 \begin_layout Chapter
40573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40575 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40580 \begin_inset Index idx
40583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40592 \begin_layout Standard
40593 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40595 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40599 It has the following submenus.
40602 \begin_layout Section
40606 \begin_layout Subsection
40610 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40611 User Interface File
40612 \begin_inset Index idx
40615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40616 Customization ! of toolbars
40622 \begin_inset Index idx
40625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40626 Customization ! of menus
40634 \begin_layout Standard
40635 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40643 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40652 \begin_layout Standard
40653 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40654 interface (ui) file.
40655 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40656 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40665 Both files are loaded by the
40670 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40671 files and edit the entries.
40674 \begin_layout Standard
40675 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40687 entries must be ended with an explicit
40712 and in the case of the
40713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40725 The syntax for the entries is:
40728 \begin_layout Standard
40729 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40757 \begin_layout Standard
40759 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40762 All LyX-functions are listed in
40763 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40772 \begin_layout Standard
40773 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40779 \begin_layout Standard
40780 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40782 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40785 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40789 \begin_layout Standard
40790 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40814 \begin_layout Standard
40816 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40819 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40826 \begin_layout Standard
40829 Enable tool tips in main work area
40831 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40835 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40839 \begin_layout Standard
40843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40850 restoring of window layout and geometries
40852 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40853 in the last LyX session.
40856 \begin_layout Standard
40859 Restore cursor positions
40861 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40865 \begin_layout Standard
40868 Load opened files from last session
40870 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40877 name "sub:Backup documents"
40882 \begin_inset Index idx
40885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40894 \begin_layout Standard
40899 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40902 \begin_layout Standard
40907 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40910 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40912 \begin_inset space ~
40920 \begin_layout Standard
40923 Open documents in tabs
40925 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40929 \begin_layout Subsection
40931 \begin_inset Index idx
40934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40943 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40950 \begin_layout Standard
40951 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40954 \begin_layout Standard
40955 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40963 This section only deals with the fonts
40968 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40972 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40983 \begin_layout Standard
40984 By default, LyX uses
40988 as roman (serif) font,
40996 (depends on the system) as
40999 \begin_inset space ~
41015 \begin_layout Standard
41016 You can change the font size with the
41021 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41022 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41025 \begin_layout Standard
41030 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41031 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41033 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41036 points have the size of 1
41037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41041 \begin_inset space ~
41045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41047 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41054 \begin_layout Standard
41059 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41064 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41065 \begin_inset space ~
41069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41071 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41078 \begin_layout Standard
41081 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41083 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41084 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41085 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41086 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41088 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41089 \begin_inset space ~
41095 \begin_layout Subsection
41097 \begin_inset Index idx
41100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41107 \begin_inset Index idx
41110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41119 \begin_layout Standard
41120 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41121 Choose an item in the list and use the
41128 \begin_layout Subsection
41130 \begin_inset Index idx
41133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41142 \begin_layout Standard
41143 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41146 \begin_layout Standard
41151 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41152 This feature is described in section
41153 \begin_inset space ~
41157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41159 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41166 \begin_layout Standard
41170 \begin_inset space ~
41174 \begin_inset space ~
41178 \begin_inset space ~
41183 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41186 \begin_layout Section
41188 \begin_inset Index idx
41191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41200 \begin_layout Subsection
41204 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41208 \begin_layout Standard
41211 Cursor follows scrollbar
41213 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41217 \begin_layout Standard
41220 Sort environments alphabetically
41222 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41225 \begin_layout Standard
41228 Group environments by their category
41230 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41233 \begin_layout Standard
41234 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41246 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41250 \begin_layout Standard
41251 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41256 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41257 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41261 \begin_layout Subsection
41263 \begin_inset Index idx
41266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41273 \begin_inset Index idx
41276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41277 Settings ! Shortcuts
41285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41289 \begin_layout Standard
41290 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41291 Several binding files are available:
41294 \begin_layout Description
41295 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41298 \begin_layout Description
41299 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41310 \begin_layout Description
41311 mac.bind set of bindings for
41314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41322 \begin_layout Standard
41323 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41327 , and bind files for special languages.
41328 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41333 \begin_inset space \space{}
41337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41345 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41349 \begin_layout Standard
41350 Some bind-files, like
41354 , have only a small scope.
41355 When looking at the the end of the file
41359 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41366 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41371 \begin_inset Index idx
41374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41375 Key Bindings ! Editing
41383 \begin_layout Standard
41384 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41385 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41386 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41389 Show key-bindings containing
41392 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41393 Insert there for example as keyword
41394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41401 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41411 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41412 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41416 that you will find in the
41423 \begin_layout Standard
41425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41429 \begin_inset space \space{}
41440 , select the function and press the
41445 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41446 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41447 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41448 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41449 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41451 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41453 The binding for the function
41457 is an example of this.
41460 \begin_layout Standard
41461 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41463 The syntax of the entries is:
41466 \begin_layout Standard
41472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41490 \begin_layout Subsection
41492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41502 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41507 \begin_inset Index idx
41510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41517 \begin_inset Index idx
41520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41521 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41529 \begin_layout Standard
41530 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41531 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41537 \begin_inset space \space{}
41540 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41541 can use the keyboard map file named
41548 \begin_layout Standard
41549 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41557 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41565 \begin_layout Standard
41566 Besides this, you can specify here the
41568 Wheel scrolling speed
41571 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41575 \begin_layout Subsection
41577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41579 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41584 \begin_inset Index idx
41587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 \begin_layout Standard
41597 Input completion is described in sec.
41598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41604 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41609 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41611 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41612 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41616 \begin_layout Section
41618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41625 \begin_inset Index idx
41628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41635 \begin_inset Index idx
41638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41647 \begin_layout Description
41649 \begin_inset space ~
41652 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41653 It is the default when you
41664 \begin_inset space ~
41672 \begin_layout Description
41674 \begin_inset space ~
41677 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41679 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41681 \begin_inset space ~
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41693 \begin_layout Description
41695 \begin_inset space ~
41698 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41704 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41708 \begin_inset Newline newline
41712 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41724 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41732 \begin_layout Description
41734 \begin_inset space ~
41738 \begin_inset Index idx
41741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41747 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41748 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41749 \begin_inset space ~
41753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41755 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41763 will be used to save the backups.
41764 \begin_inset Newline newline
41767 The backup files have the ending
41768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41778 \begin_layout Description
41783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41790 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41791 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41792 \begin_inset Newline newline
41796 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41804 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41812 \begin_layout Description
41814 \begin_inset space ~
41817 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41820 \begin_layout Description
41822 \begin_inset space ~
41825 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41826 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41827 to find it on the system.
41828 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41829 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41838 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41839 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41843 \begin_layout Section
41847 \begin_layout Standard
41848 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41849 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41851 \begin_inset space ~
41855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41857 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41861 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41864 \begin_layout Section
41866 \begin_inset Index idx
41869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41870 Language ! Settings
41876 \begin_inset Index idx
41879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41880 Settings ! Language
41888 \begin_layout Subsection
41892 \begin_layout Description
41894 \begin_inset space ~
41898 \begin_inset space ~
41901 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41902 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41903 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41904 You find the actual translation status here:
41905 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41907 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41908 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41915 \begin_layout Description
41917 \begin_inset space ~
41920 language is the language used in new documents
41923 \begin_layout Description
41925 \begin_inset space ~
41928 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41930 The default is the LaTeX-command
41936 that loads the package
41944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41945 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41946 \begin_inset space ~
41950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41952 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41962 \begin_inset Newline newline
41969 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41970 to the document language.
41971 A text label is, for instance, the word
41972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41979 at the beginning of every table caption.
41982 \begin_layout Description
41984 \begin_inset space ~
41987 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41988 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41989 An example is the start command
41995 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42000 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42015 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42020 \begin_layout Description
42022 \begin_inset space ~
42030 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42031 command toggles the package on and off.
42034 \begin_layout Description
42036 \begin_inset space ~
42046 \begin_layout Description
42047 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42048 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42049 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42050 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42057 \begin_layout Description
42059 \begin_inset space ~
42062 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42064 When this option is not set, the
42067 \begin_inset space ~
42072 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42073 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42076 \begin_inset space ~
42084 \begin_layout Description
42086 \begin_inset space ~
42092 \begin_inset space ~
42098 When it is not set, the
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42106 is set to the end of the document.
42109 \begin_layout Description
42111 \begin_inset space ~
42115 \begin_inset space ~
42118 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42119 language will be underlined blue.
42122 \begin_layout Description
42124 \begin_inset space ~
42128 \begin_inset space ~
42131 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42132 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42135 \begin_layout Description
42137 \begin_inset space ~
42140 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42141 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42142 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42143 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42146 \begin_layout Subsection
42150 \begin_layout Standard
42151 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42152 \begin_inset space ~
42156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42158 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42165 \begin_layout Section
42169 \begin_layout Subsection
42171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42178 \begin_inset Index idx
42181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 \begin_inset Index idx
42191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42200 \begin_layout Description
42202 \begin_inset space ~
42205 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42206 The name will be used when the
42211 \begin_inset Newline newline
42215 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42223 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42231 \begin_layout Description
42233 \begin_inset space ~
42237 \begin_inset space ~
42241 \begin_inset space ~
42244 printer This option works only for the
42249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42261 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42262 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42265 \begin_layout Description
42267 \begin_inset space ~
42270 command is the command LyX
42271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42278 LaTeX uses for printing.
42279 The default is on most systems
42286 \begin_layout Description
42288 \begin_inset space ~
42292 \begin_inset space ~
42295 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42296 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42297 of the program that provides the
42304 \begin_layout Subsection
42306 \begin_inset Index idx
42309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42316 \begin_inset Index idx
42319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42320 Settings ! Date format
42328 \begin_layout Standard
42329 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42330 \begin_inset Newline newline
42334 \begin_inset Flex URL
42337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42339 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42345 \begin_inset Newline newline
42348 For example the format
42349 \begin_inset Newline newline
42353 \begin_inset Newline newline
42356 prints the date as day/month/year.
42359 \begin_layout Subsection
42363 \begin_layout Description
42365 \begin_inset space ~
42369 \begin_inset space ~
42372 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42375 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42376 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42378 \begin_inset space ~
42384 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42388 \begin_layout Description
42390 \begin_inset space ~
42393 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42398 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42399 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42402 \begin_layout Subsection
42407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42417 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42422 \begin_inset Index idx
42425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42434 \begin_layout Description
42439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42447 \begin_inset space ~
42450 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42455 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42477 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42490 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42491 LyX sets up in the background.
42492 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42495 \begin_layout Description
42497 \begin_inset space ~
42501 \begin_inset space ~
42504 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42509 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42512 \begin_layout Standard
42513 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42514 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42515 manuals of the applications.
42516 Currently the following commands can be set:
42519 \begin_layout Description
42524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42532 \begin_inset space ~
42535 command Command for the program
42539 that is described in the section
42545 Additional Features
42550 \begin_layout Description
42555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42563 \begin_inset space ~
42566 command Command for the program
42570 that generates the bibliography, see section
42571 \begin_inset space ~
42575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42577 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42584 \begin_layout Description
42586 \begin_inset space ~
42589 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42590 \begin_inset space ~
42594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42596 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42603 \begin_layout Description
42605 \begin_inset space ~
42608 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42609 \begin_inset space ~
42613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42615 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42622 \begin_layout Description
42624 \begin_inset space ~
42628 \begin_inset space ~
42632 \begin_inset space ~
42636 \begin_inset space ~
42639 options They only have an effect when the program
42643 is used as DVI-viewer.
42646 \begin_layout Standard
42647 There are additionally the following options:
42650 \begin_layout Description
42652 \begin_inset space ~
42656 \begin_inset space ~
42660 \begin_inset space ~
42664 \begin_inset space ~
42668 \begin_inset space ~
42671 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42689 to separate folders.
42690 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42691 \begin_inset Index idx
42694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42701 \begin_inset Index idx
42704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42713 \begin_layout Description
42715 \begin_inset space ~
42719 \begin_inset space ~
42723 \begin_inset space ~
42727 \begin_inset space ~
42731 \begin_inset space ~
42735 \begin_inset space ~
42738 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42743 dialog when changing the document class.
42746 \begin_layout Section
42748 \begin_inset space ~
42752 \begin_inset Index idx
42755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42764 \begin_layout Subsection
42766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42768 name "sub:Converters"
42773 \begin_inset Index idx
42776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42785 \begin_layout Standard
42786 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42787 from one format to another.
42788 You can modify them or create new ones.
42789 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42796 \begin_inset space ~
42806 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42810 \begin_inset space ~
42815 drop-down list, modify the
42819 field, and press the
42826 \begin_layout Standard
42829 Converter File Cache
42831 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42834 Maximum Age (in days
42837 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42838 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42841 \begin_layout Standard
42842 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42843 the converter definition, is described in the section
42854 \begin_layout Subsection
42856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42858 name "sec:File-Formats"
42863 \begin_inset Index idx
42866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42873 \begin_inset Index idx
42876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42885 \begin_layout Standard
42886 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42887 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42891 \begin_layout Standard
42892 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42893 is described in the section
42904 \begin_layout Standard
42905 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42906 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42907 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42908 This is done by specifying a
42913 More about this is described in the section
42924 \begin_layout Chapter
42925 Units available in LyX
42926 \begin_inset Index idx
42929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42938 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42945 \begin_layout Standard
42946 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42949 reference "cap:Units"
42953 explains all units available in LyX.
42956 \begin_layout Standard
42957 \begin_inset Float table
42963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 \begin_inset Caption
42966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42982 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42990 \begin_inset Tabular
42991 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42992 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43090 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43145 scaled point (65536
43146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43174 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43206 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43261 % of original image width
43268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43475 \begin_layout Chapter
43477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43486 \begin_layout Standard
43487 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43488 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43491 \begin_layout Itemize
43494 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43497 \begin_layout Itemize
43503 \begin_layout Itemize
43509 \begin_layout Itemize
43515 \begin_layout Itemize
43521 \begin_layout Itemize
43527 \begin_layout Itemize
43533 \begin_layout Itemize
43539 \begin_layout Itemize
43542 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43545 \begin_layout Itemize
43551 \begin_layout Itemize
43557 \begin_layout Itemize
43563 \begin_layout Itemize
43569 \begin_layout Itemize
43575 \begin_layout Itemize
43581 \begin_layout Itemize
43587 \begin_layout Itemize
43593 \begin_layout Itemize
43595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43604 \begin_layout Standard
43605 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43608 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43615 \begin_layout Bibliography
43616 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43617 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43618 LatexCommand bibitem
43625 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43628 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43633 \begin_inset Newline newline
43637 \begin_inset Flex URL
43640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43642 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43650 \begin_layout Bibliography
43651 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43652 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43653 LatexCommand bibitem
43654 key "latexcompanion"
43658 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43660 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43663 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43666 \begin_layout Bibliography
43667 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43668 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43669 LatexCommand bibitem
43674 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43677 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43680 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43683 \begin_layout Bibliography
43684 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43685 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43686 LatexCommand bibitem
43693 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43696 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43699 \begin_layout Bibliography
43700 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43701 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43702 LatexCommand bibitem
43714 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43717 \begin_layout Bibliography
43718 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43719 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43720 LatexCommand bibitem
43726 \begin_inset Newline newline
43730 \begin_inset Flex URL
43733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43735 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43743 \begin_layout Bibliography
43744 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43745 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43746 LatexCommand bibitem
43752 \begin_inset Newline newline
43756 \begin_inset Flex URL
43759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43761 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43769 \begin_layout Bibliography
43770 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43771 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43772 LatexCommand bibitem
43778 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43780 name "Documentation"
43781 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43790 \begin_inset Newline newline
43794 \begin_inset Flex URL
43797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43799 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43807 \begin_layout Bibliography
43808 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43809 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43810 LatexCommand bibitem
43816 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43818 name "Documentation"
43819 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43823 how to use the program
43828 \begin_inset Newline newline
43832 \begin_inset Flex URL
43835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43837 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43845 \begin_layout Bibliography
43846 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43847 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43848 LatexCommand bibitem
43854 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43856 name "Documentation"
43857 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43866 \begin_inset Newline newline
43870 \begin_inset Flex URL
43873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43875 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43883 \begin_layout Bibliography
43884 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43885 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43886 LatexCommand bibitem
43892 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43894 name "Documentation"
43895 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43904 \begin_inset Newline newline
43908 \begin_inset Flex URL
43911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43913 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43921 \begin_layout Bibliography
43922 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43923 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43924 LatexCommand bibitem
43930 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43932 name "Documentation"
43933 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43937 of the LaTeX-package
43942 \begin_inset Index idx
43945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43946 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43952 \begin_inset Newline newline
43956 \begin_inset Flex URL
43959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43961 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43969 \begin_layout Bibliography
43970 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43971 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43972 LatexCommand bibitem
43978 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43980 name "Documentation"
43981 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43985 of the LaTeX-package
43990 \begin_inset Index idx
43993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43994 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44000 \begin_inset Newline newline
44004 \begin_inset Flex URL
44007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44009 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44017 \begin_layout Bibliography
44018 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44019 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44020 LatexCommand bibitem
44028 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44030 name "Documentation"
44031 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44037 of the LaTeX-package
44042 \begin_inset Index idx
44045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44046 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44052 \begin_inset Newline newline
44056 \begin_inset Flex URL
44059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44061 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44069 \begin_layout Bibliography
44070 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44071 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44072 LatexCommand bibitem
44078 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44080 name "Documentation"
44081 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44085 of the LaTeX-package
44090 \begin_inset Index idx
44093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44094 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44100 \begin_inset Newline newline
44104 \begin_inset Flex URL
44107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44109 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44117 \begin_layout Bibliography
44118 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44119 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44120 LatexCommand bibitem
44126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44128 name "Documentation"
44129 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44133 of the LaTeX-package
44138 \begin_inset Index idx
44141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44142 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44148 \begin_inset Newline newline
44152 \begin_inset Flex URL
44155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44157 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44165 \begin_layout Bibliography
44166 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44167 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44168 LatexCommand bibitem
44174 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44176 name "Documentation"
44177 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44181 of the LaTeX-package
44186 \begin_inset Index idx
44189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44190 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44196 \begin_inset Newline newline
44200 \begin_inset Flex URL
44203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44205 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44213 \begin_layout Bibliography
44214 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44215 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44216 LatexCommand bibitem
44222 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44225 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44229 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44230 \begin_inset Newline newline
44234 \begin_inset Flex URL
44237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44239 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44247 \begin_layout Bibliography
44248 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44249 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44250 LatexCommand bibitem
44256 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44259 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44263 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44264 \begin_inset Newline newline
44268 \begin_inset Flex URL
44271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44273 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44281 \begin_layout Bibliography
44282 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44283 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44284 LatexCommand bibitem
44290 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44293 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44297 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44298 \begin_inset Newline newline
44302 \begin_inset Flex URL
44305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44307 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44315 \begin_layout Bibliography
44316 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44317 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44318 LatexCommand bibitem
44324 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44327 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44331 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44332 \begin_inset Newline newline
44336 \begin_inset Flex URL
44339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44341 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44349 \begin_layout Bibliography
44350 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44351 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44352 LatexCommand bibitem
44358 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44361 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44365 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44366 \begin_inset Newline newline
44370 \begin_inset Flex URL
44373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44375 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44383 \begin_layout Bibliography
44384 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44385 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44386 LatexCommand bibitem
44392 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44395 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44399 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44400 \begin_inset Newline newline
44404 \begin_inset Flex URL
44407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44409 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44417 \begin_layout Bibliography
44418 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44419 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44420 LatexCommand bibitem
44426 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44429 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44433 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44434 \begin_inset Newline newline
44438 \begin_inset Flex URL
44441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44443 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44451 \begin_layout Bibliography
44452 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44453 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44454 LatexCommand bibitem
44460 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44463 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44467 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44468 \begin_inset Newline newline
44472 \begin_inset Flex URL
44475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44477 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44485 \begin_layout Bibliography
44486 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44487 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44488 LatexCommand bibitem
44494 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44497 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44501 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44502 \begin_inset Newline newline
44506 \begin_inset Flex URL
44509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44511 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44519 \begin_layout Bibliography
44520 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44521 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44522 LatexCommand bibitem
44528 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44531 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44535 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44536 \begin_inset Newline newline
44540 \begin_inset Flex URL
44543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44545 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44553 \begin_layout Bibliography
44554 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44555 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44556 LatexCommand bibitem
44562 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44565 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44569 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44570 \begin_inset Newline newline
44574 \begin_inset Flex URL
44577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44579 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44587 \begin_layout Bibliography
44588 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44589 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44590 LatexCommand bibitem
44596 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44599 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44603 about new features in
44608 \begin_inset Newline newline
44612 \begin_inset Flex URL
44615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44617 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44625 \begin_layout Standard
44626 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44660 \begin_inset Note Note
44663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44670 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44671 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44672 bibliography is the second one:
44680 \begin_layout Standard
44681 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44682 LatexCommand bibtex
44683 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44684 options "biblio/alphadin"
44691 \begin_layout Standard
44692 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44695 \begin_layout Standard
44698 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44699 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44705 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44706 LatexCommand printindex